GIFT OF 
 
V^^^yUX^x6l-xl_ Jsf&s*A*4^ 
 
1 
 
SOCIAL SCIENCE IN THE 
 LIGHT OF THE 
 SOLAR SYSTEM 
 
 BY 
 
 JEAN FRANCIS LEROY 
 
 PRINTED BY 
 V. S. HILLIS CO., SAN JOSE, CALIF. 
 
-- 
 
 Copyright, 1913 
 
 u M. A. MYLES 
 A ll rights resented 
 
INDEX 
 
 Page 
 Introduction 9 
 
 Does History repeat itself 19 
 
 Nature of th e Planets 31 
 
 Indications of the Signs 33 
 
 Methods of Developing a chart 37 
 
 Religion 50 
 
 Education 64 
 
 Dress 75 
 
 Love and Marriage 82 
 
 Money and Heaven 109 
 
 Traveling 134 
 
 Winters 153 
 
 Actresses 172 
 
 Musicians 181 
 
 Painters 193 
 
 Inventors 206 
 
 Land, Engineering and Building 212 
 
 Law and Medicine 222 
 
 Children 235 
 
 Philanthropists 255 
 
 War 268 
 
 Sports 278 
 
 Business under 12th Sign 281 
 
 Numbers 287 
 
 Dreams 293 
 
 280801 
 
EXPLANATION 
 
 It may be observed that two chapters have 
 been crowded out of this volume. We hope 
 however to publish three volumes, the 2nd deal- 
 ing with the inmates of prisons, asylums, hos- 
 pitals &c, and the third with rulers and public 
 events; or what is commonly known as mun- 
 dane astrology. We trust that an ephemeris, will 
 shortly be published in connection with these 
 books. The ephemeris commonly employed and 
 known as the geocentric ephemeris can not be 
 used. By our system there are no retrogrades 
 and no aspects excepting the conjunction. An 
 opposition is regarded as equivalent to a con- 
 junction, and many more conjunctions are form- 
 ed by this method. 
 
 Everything that would not stand a severe 
 practical test has been discarded. Some swear 
 by Ptolemy and some by anything they see in 
 print, but give us the imperishable truth, found- 
 ed upon a rock if we do have to dig for it. 
 
 This being the first edition errors will doubtless 
 be found in it. Any errors in calculation will 
 gladly be corrected if the publisher is notified. 
 
INTRODUCTION 
 
 We are not going to write a preface and introduction to 
 this work, because we wish every word of it to be read, 
 and where there is both preface and introduction, either 
 one or both is sure to be skipped. We not only wish every 
 word to be read, but we believe that it requires to be care- 
 fully read, not less than three times. Some students call 
 Planetary Influence, a deep study, and so it is, but we have 
 endeavored to simplify the language as far as possible 
 avoiding all technical and high sounding terms, and using 
 illustrating charts abundantly, so that we think with sev- 
 eral careful readings any one may become master of the 
 contents without reaily hard study. Some may master 
 it thoroughly with one reading; they may even see more 
 than the writer; we hope they will. There is nothing that 
 requires to be memorized excepting the indications of the 
 Signs and indications of the planets in the Signs. The 
 book will prove much pleasanter reading if these are first 
 fixed upon the mind. Those who possess Butler's Solar 
 Biology may proceed to work out their birthdates from 
 the Ephemeris contained in it, according to the directions 
 we have given. By applying to the Esoteric Publishing 
 Co., Applegate, California, the Ephemeris to 1915 will be 
 sent for a few cents additional. We should strongly advise 
 every one into whose hands this book falls to learn to work 
 out their own Charts. Don't go to some one who will 
 charge you a dollar or five dollars for a reading; it might 
 not then be correct, and besides you want to thoroughly 
 understand it yourself, so that you can watch it every day, 
 and learn where the good points in your Horoscope are, 
 and when you can be most successful along any given line. 
 With the instructions given in this book, the outline may be 
 worked out in thirty minutes. 
 
 2 
 
10 
 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 We have only been able in this work to touch upon the 
 different phases of the question. We might take any one of 
 the chapters we have written and enlarge upon it. Many 
 of them would demand a volume in order to do them 
 justice. We hope however to devote another volume to 
 the inmates of our asylums and penitentiaries, if birth- 
 dates can be secured. If any light can be thrown upon the 
 mysteries which life holds in these places, it is certainly 
 needed. As we have noticed further on, we do not believe 
 that events can be accurately foretold; if we can in any 
 manner, or in any degree, change our own lives, then 
 events cannot be accurately foretold. We are not making 
 any pretention to fortune telling, but we do positively main- 
 tain, and have endeavored to prove, that there is a power- 
 ful influence emanating from the unseen, and regulated 
 by the position of the planets, which brings prosperity and 
 adversity, just as we come under good or bad influences. 
 We have noted in a large number of Horoscopes the points 
 which brought success and promotion and the points which 
 brought failure and misery. Those whose good and bad 
 planets form conjunctions around the Horoscope do not 
 have the same tips and downs in life as those who have 
 the good planets in one section and the bad planets in 
 another. The former are meeting with obstacles and over- 
 coming them all their lives, while the latter are liable to 
 rise to great heights, only to be cast dow^n again. 
 
 We are taking up this study in the order of the Signs. 
 Religion, education, love, marriage, and divorce, coming 
 under the 1st. sign. Money and heaven come under the 
 2nd. sign. Under the 3rd. we bring writers, musicians 
 painters and actresses; although actresses and singers be- 
 long more properly to the llth; for convenience however 
 we have classified them all together under the 3rd. Travel- 
 ing also comes under the 3rd. Under the 4th we bring 
 inventors, land, engineering and building, law and medi- 
 cine; although law belongs more properly to the 3rd Sign. 
 
INTRODUCTION 11 
 
 As we have not devoted very much space to either, we have 
 classed them together. Under the 5th. we bring children, 
 philanthropists and rulers. Under the 12th we bring war, 
 sports, and business coming under the 12th Sign. We 
 merely introduce the questions of crime and insanity; to 
 these we hope to devote an entire volume, provided we can 
 secure birthdates. After glancing over a dozen or more books 
 on criminology, we have failed to find a single birthdate; 
 no one seems to have suspected that the planetary con- 
 ditions at birth had any connection with these afflictions. 
 
 Our aim in publishing this book has been to place within 
 easy reach of all persons young and old the means of study- 
 ing their own lives in the light of the Solar system. 
 
 We have never given an astrological reading, and probably 
 never will. We can each study our own lives much better 
 than any one can study them for us. 
 
 If any person desires to be critical, we do not object, 
 knowing that a man's enemies are frequently his best ad- 
 vertisers. Hoping these simple talks upon the subject 
 before us may be received in the spirit in which they are 
 given, we leave them with you; as we have received the 
 message, so have we delivered it to you; To those who 
 have not investigated the question of planetary influence, 
 and are not inclined to believe in it, we would say: Do not 
 condemn us without a trial, and to those who are laboring 
 in the work of reform we would say: The stars are with 
 you. Under the motto, "fiat-justicia ruat caelum," press on 
 avoiding as far as possible acts of violence and undue ex- 
 citement. God still rules, and justice will be done though 
 the heavens should fall. 
 
UNFOLDING OF THE TRUTH 13 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 Unfolding of the Truth. 
 
 Prior to the year 1905, we regarded so-called fortune 
 telling by the position of the stars as merely a pleasant 
 pastime, much the same as reading by cards; although for 
 a number of years we had noticed that certain difficulties 
 which beset our path appeared periodically. We had even 
 gone so far as to blame the Moon when things went wrong. 
 In the year 1905, however, we met a man who believed 
 strongly in planetary influence, and our first serious thoughts 
 on the subject came as a result of our conversation with 
 him. We never met the man again but resolved if there 
 was anything to be learned along that line we would seize 
 the first opportunity to break in upon it. Shortly after- 
 ward we called upon a lady practitioner in Astrology. She 
 gave a palm reading, and when asked for an astrological 
 reading took our birth date and told us that we should 
 choose our friends from certain signs and avoid those under 
 certain signs. "Fire and water," she said, "would not mix/' 
 and that was the extent of the reading. When she saw 
 that we appeared skeptical, she produced a small volume 
 and read a page or more corroborating what she had said. 
 We left her apartments feeling that fools and their money 
 were easily parted. We then ransacked the stores and 
 libraries for books, and probably read a dozen or more, 
 but from two books we received what proved to be valu- 
 able information. No one book contained anything more 
 than fragments of the Science. 
 
 In reading Butler's Solar Biology we discovered that 
 he had published an Ephemeris giving the position of the 
 planets as they would appear from the Sun which is the 
 centre of the Solar System. He claimed that certain phases 
 and conjunctions of the Moon indicated certain traits of 
 character which appeared in the talents and disposition 
 of the child, but he asserted that this Ephemeris could not 
 
14 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 be used in the art of prognosticating, or foretelling the 
 future. The Ephemeris universally used by astrologers 
 so far as we have seen, records the position as the planets 
 appear from the earth. 
 
 Now we want you to get the difference between the two 
 clearly and definitely fixed on the mind. You will see that 
 the planets as they would appear from the Sun as"the centre 
 of the Solar System complete a perfect revolution in the 
 Zodiac in a given time, with the exception of the Moon, and 
 the Moon we do not regard in the same light as the planets. 
 The position of the Moon is given as it would appear from 
 the earth. The Sun is regarded as practically stationary, 
 its progress in its orbit being so slow as to produce no 
 appreciable change in thousands of years. It is placed sev- 
 eral degrees in Aquarius and always there. 
 
 This is known as the Heliocentric position of the planets 
 and is much simpler and more easily understood than the 
 ordinary Ephemeris showing the position of the planets 
 as they appear from the earth. As seen from our point of 
 view, Venus and Mercury complete their revolution between 
 the earth and the Sun, consequently they never appear ex- 
 cepting in a certain section of the Zodiac. They pass through 
 so many Signs and then retrograde. Uranus and Saturn also 
 retrograde according to the Ephemeris. They don't really 
 retrograde but they appear to from the view we get of them. 
 Now this produces a condition that is at once complex and 
 confusing, and we reasoned the question out after this man- 
 ner. If the position of the planets indicate anything, then 
 one Ephemeris is the right one to use and the other is 
 wrong. God's laws are not haphazard or unstable. Either 
 the Heliocentric Ephemeris is the only one to use or it 
 signifies nothing. God's laws are also direct and simple. 
 He never builds a complex structure where a simple one 
 will answer as well. This fact gave us a leaning toward 
 the Heliocentric Ephemeris. We then conceived the idea 
 of forming a circle indicating the Zodiac and marking oft" 
 
UNFOLDING OF THE TRUTH 15 
 
 the twelve Signs. From a very useful little book, we don't 
 recall the title, we gathered the indications of the Signs 
 which have generally been used in Astrology, and also got 
 the idea of the Transits and the fact that each day in the 
 Transits counted a year in the Nativity. This done we 
 proceeded to work out our own birth date from Butler's 
 Ephemeris. What was our surprise to find that it corres- 
 ponded with our own life as we knew it, showing by the 
 position of Uranus, Saturn and Mars where our greatest 
 difficulties lay, and the position of the Moon indicating 
 the time when we had suffered most from these afflictions. 
 We proceeded to work out others and soon found the 
 mathematical part of the work easy. However we had much 
 to learn regarding the effect of certain conjunctions in 
 certain signs, and have yet much to learn, but we feel that 
 the foundation is surely laid. We tussled for a long time 
 with the various aspects, square, opposite, etc., but decided 
 there was nothing in them. We believe that planets chang- 
 ing at the same time in different Signs work as strongly as 
 a conjunction, if not more so. We also think it may be 
 that planets, for example 6 in Aquarius and 6 in Aries, 
 may act as a conjunction but will not guarantee the fact. 
 We have tried to secure information from various prac- 
 ticing Astrologers, but found on ordering a trial reading 
 that often their work counted for nothing. One man who ad- 
 vertised extensively in the papers all over the world sent us 
 a trial reading and it was absolutely without sense or rea- 
 son. He based most of his calculations on the supposition 
 that Mars governed the Sign of Scorpio and the Moon 
 governed Cancer and so on. This theory we had long since 
 discarded as ridiculous. The planets which occupy the 
 Signs rule the Signs. A Sign devoid of planets is like a 
 house without a tenant. Fire and water Signs we see no 
 sense in; Mars governs tire and Neptune governs water. 
 They are quite capable of filling the office without any 
 assistance from Signs. Many persons have the idea that 
 
16 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 you are born under a lucky or unlucky star. Such a thing 
 is impossible. You are born under all the stars. You 
 know your own troubles best and that is why you think 
 you are born under an unlucky star. An equal distribution 
 of trouble we regard as the one great end attained by the 
 regulating influence of the planets. Some astrologers 
 advertise a cure for all the ills to which flesh is heir. They 
 can insure a happy marriage, business success, faithful 
 friends and anything you desire. They are surely enjoy- 
 ing a pipe dream. It may be possible that all these troub- 
 les can be eliminated but we have no reason to think so. 
 We have neither seen nor heard of any one who reached 
 middle age, without experiencing serious trouble of some 
 kind. They may in their brighter moments overlook them, 
 and imagine they have been having a swell time, but we 
 have not seen it. It is conceded that men and women of 
 genius balance up 'their success with an extra dose of suf- 
 fering. "Uneasy lies the head that wears a crown," was 
 written long ago and is equally true today. Money cannot 
 buy happiness. We cannot all occupy the same position, 
 but we can all be equally happy. Some one must do the 
 so-called dirty work, but every man should be respected 
 in the position w r hich he occupies. Caste and snobbery 
 plainly emanate from a weak mind, and should be placed 
 where they belong. 
 
 While we regard a certain amount of suffering as a 
 necessity, we do not however regard wickedness as a nec- 
 essity. That we believe lies with the person and those who 
 constitute his environment. A person is sometimes com- 
 pelled to do that which is wrong. The Bible tells us that 
 with the temptation God will also make a way of escape 
 and we believe that God will not hold such persons as sin 
 through ignorance or compulsion responsible for their act. 
 The same Christ who prayed "Father forgive them for 
 they know not what they do," as he hung on the cruel 
 cross will sit on the judgment throne. 
 
UNFOLDING OF THE TRUTH 17 
 
 The fact of Planetary influence being proved beyond 
 the shadow -of a doubt opens up a wide field for conjecture. 
 We call it Planetary influence for w^ant of a better name. 
 God's law is written in the Heavens in an unmistakable 
 manner but just how it is communicated to the mind is an- 
 other question. The Bible favors the idea of guardian an- 
 gels and ministering spirits and devils. We are even told 
 that we are encompassed by a great cloud of witnesses. 
 Some one has also suggested that the stars may be angels. 
 We read that the righteous shall shine as the stars for ever 
 and ever. Again we will wonder if the whole solar system 
 exists for our special benefit. Astronomers tell us that the 
 Moon must practically be regarded as a dead world; Mer- 
 cury always keeps the same face toward the sun and gets 
 seven times as much heat as the earth. The day and the 
 year on Venus are supposed to be the same length. There 
 is not enough water on Mars to fill one of the great lakes 
 of the earth. Uranus and Neptune are so far from the Sun 
 that heat and light would be almost entirely wanting. Ju- 
 piter has no well defined crust and the conditions there are 
 chaotic. Saturn is in much the same condition. If this 
 description is correct none of the planets are habitable at 
 the present time and few of them ever will be habitable. 
 Taking this fact into consideration it would not be assum- 
 ing too much to claim that the Planetary system existed 
 for the benefit of earth's inhabitants. The earth being situa- 
 ted at the best distance from the Sun would be chosen as 
 the Arena. If God as the Creator of the Universe sent his 
 "Only Beloved Son" to suffer and die for the redemption of 
 the human race it would not be assuming too much to say 
 that a large portion of the starry canopy existed for the 
 purpose of adding glory to the earth's surroundings more 
 especially if we are encompassed by a great cloud of wit- 
 nesses; they may also enjoy the glory of the firmament. The 
 whole Solar System was created at one time according to 
 {the account given in Gen. 1, 16; "And God made two 
 
18 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 great lights, the greater light to rule the day and the lesser 
 light to rule the night; he made the stars also." Verses 7 
 and 8 would leave us with the impression that Heaven it- 
 self hovered between the earth and the clouds. "And God 
 made the firmament and divided the waters which were 
 over the firmament from the waters which were under the 
 firmament and it was so, and God called the firmament 
 Heaven." 
 
 "A world there lies around, 
 A world we do not see; 
 Yet the sweet closing of an eye, 
 May bring us there to be." 
 
DOES HISTORY REPEAT ITSELF 19 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 Does History Repeat Itself? 
 
 In glancing over the Ephemeris for the years 1913, 
 '14 and '15, we find that a heavy conjunction occurs 
 in 1915; the Sun, Moon, Earth, and all the planets 
 come into the conjunction in January. This discov- 
 ery leads us to search for a time when a 
 similar phenomenon occurred ; about the year 1830, 
 we find a similar condition although the conjunction 
 does not appear to be so close. When the distance 
 between planets is less than 30, we call it a conjunc- 
 tion, and when one passes another, it takes the form 
 of an ecliptic conjunction. It would be possible for 
 the Earth, Moon, and all the planets to pass the Sun 
 at the same time ; we do not know that this has ever 
 occurred and we do not know that it ever will occur, 
 but the present conjunction is going to run close. 
 We presume something similar has taken place about 
 once in eighty or eighty five years, from the time of 
 the creation of the world; although the conjunction 
 might not be nearly so strong. For lack of an Eph- 
 emeris we cannot investigate further back than 1830, 
 but we find a striking analogy between that period of 
 history and the present time. 
 
 Chart No 1 gives the position of the planets for 
 January 15, 1915; Saturn is 30 from the Sun, but 
 the others -are huddled together so close that we can 
 scarcely find space for their names. Saturn will pass 
 the sun in 1917 or 1918, and a full conjunction may be 
 formed in 1919 ; it would be impossible to say posi- 
 tively without a proper Ephemeris for that date; but 
 1920 will see the conjunction broken up. At times it 
 will be very strong during the next seven years, but 
 we would expect 1915 and 1919 to mark important 
 periods in history. 
 
20 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 Ah. a. 
 
DOES HISTORY REPEAT ITSELF 21 
 
 Chart Xo. 2 gives us an idea of the position in 1830, 
 although the planets never form a conjunction so 
 strong as that which is just ahead. In this chart 
 they are like "pigs in clover", when one comes in 
 another goes out ; however it is strong enough to pro- 
 duce very decided results ; a glance at that period will 
 prove interesting. 
 
 In Europe we find Turkey and Greece engaged in 
 conflict. Greece gained her independence after six 
 years of warfare which started with a rising in the 
 Morea in 1821, and was finally settled May 7th, 1832. 
 Many times during these wars the whole of Europe 
 became embroiled and a revolutionary spirit and feel- 
 ing of unrest pervaded not only all Europe but Nor- 
 thern Africa as well. 
 
 Of Mexico we learn that in 1825 her independence 
 was acknowledged by every foreign power excepting 
 Spain ; war followed. Of this war it is said that it 
 was stained with excesses and atrocities on both 
 sides ; every commander being allowed to hunt down 
 and slaughter the insurgents like brutes. History 
 tells us that from 1824 to 1826 the nation was em- 
 broiled in an interminable series of revolutions, hav- 
 ing to face at the same time serious national issues. 
 
 In order to form an idea of the condition of the 
 United States during this period we copy a list of 
 headings from a well-known history. It reads as fol- 
 lows : "Hot tariff disputes, Republican party dis- 
 solved, Gag rule, Anti-Slavery petition, Angry scenes 
 in the House, Secession of Southern members, Fin- 
 ancial embarrassment, The Administration arrainged, 
 Distress of the poor, New York fire, Flour riots, Mob 
 spirit increasing, New strikes and riots, Anti-Slavery 
 tumult, Gag rule adopted." A writer also gives the 
 following word picture of the situation. "The mob 
 spirit of 1834 seemed in the next few years to increase 
 
22 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 rather than to diminish. Society seemed everywhere 
 unhinged, and .the demon of blood and slaughter was 
 let loose upon it. The columns of the weekly press 
 teemed with news of murders, riots and executions. 
 Mobs were taking the law into their own hands and 
 settling local disputes after nature's own fashion. 
 Lynch law in the Mississippi region strung up the rob- 
 ber, gambler, and pickpocket on the nearest tree. Irish 
 riots over O'Connell and the Battle of the Boyne, 
 Nigger riots, Native American riots, riots at the pri-^ 
 maries and the polls, riots of the poor against the 
 rich. The struggle between labor and capital which 
 our modern enterprise engenders began with this 
 period." In addition to this 1832 was known as the 
 Cholera summer. The Anti-Mason party also flour- 
 ished from 1826 to 1832. This party prospered for a 
 time, but triangular elections became very burden- 
 some ; in some cases a State would remain for months 
 without a Governor, and as the work which it aimed 
 to accomplish was undertaken by the ruling admin- 
 istration, it gradually dropped out. Andrew Jackson 
 was nominated in 1832 by a Democratic Republican 
 Convention, and his inauguration took place amidst 
 great excitement; a veritable mob of ten thousand 
 surrounded the White House and mingled freely with 
 important personages, ' Jackson himself riding on 
 horseback to the White House after the ceremony. 
 The situation is summed up as follows by a histor- 
 ian, "It was the people's day, the people's President, 
 and the people would rule." 
 
 Turning to England, where the situation was 
 even more acute. The following has been gleaned 
 from a letter written about that time, "During the 
 reign of Geo. IV., there was great distress in the 
 country. Hunger and want of work made wild war 
 and the price of food was enormously high, bread be- 
 
DOES HISTORY REPEAT ITSELF 23 
 
 ing sold in slices. The rich became richer and the 
 poor became poorer. When manhood suffrage was 
 mentioned, it was considered to be the mere ravings 
 of a madman. Anything like the squalid misery, the 
 slow mouldering putrefying death by which the weak 
 and the feeble of the working classes were perishing 
 it never befell my eyes to behold nor my imagination 
 to conceive, and the creatures seemed to have no idea 
 of resisting nor even repining. They took it down 
 with oriental submission as if it was God and not the 
 landlord that was laying his hand upon them ; and 
 when their honorable representative in Parliament 
 gave a description of their suffering, "liar" was the 
 best word applied to him by the organs of tyranny. 
 The voice of the multitude reduced to the borders of 
 starvation was long' raised in vain." 
 
 Work in the factories was referred to in the follow- 
 ing terms, "If the employer were a selfish man, the 
 workers were used merely as instruments of profit 
 by him, and it did not matter how soon they were 
 used up, for there could always be found numbers 
 enough who were eager to take their places, and were 
 willing to undertake any task on any terms for the 
 sake of securing a bare living." 
 
 Now for a glance at the work which was accomp- 
 lished in this period of English history. Between 1829 
 and 1832 a "fierce fight took place over the passing of 
 the Reform Bill ; this bill gave the working classes 
 much better representation in Parliament, adding 
 half a million voters to the list. A Reform Parlia- 
 ment took the place of the old one, and a number of 
 Reform measures were passed, but not without a ter- 
 rific struggle. Riots took place and many times the 
 militia were called out to quell disturbances. Many 
 memorable speeches were made in the New Parlia- 
 ment, and good men and true were raisd up to cham- 
 
24 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 pion the cause of the oppressed against the hand of 
 the oppressor. They waged many fierce battles, but 
 victory was theirs every time. After the Reform Bill 
 came the Abolition of Slavery in the colonies; Labor 
 Legislation by which the right of the government to 
 dictate to employer and employed was established, 
 and laws protecting women and children were enact- 
 ed. A better system of relief for the poor was also 
 provided, and a commercial monopoly known as the 
 East India Company was abolished, which left j;he 
 benefits to be derived from foreign trade open to all 
 the king's subjects. 
 
 One point made by historians is worthy of notice. 
 It is this : not one of the evils which were supposed to 
 result from these reforms ever came to pass. The 
 Reform party was completely exhausted, and a new 
 administration was formed. William Ewart Glad- 
 stone and Queen Victoria soon came to the front, and 
 an era of prosperity followed. Although William IV. 
 was King during this trying period, he took very lit- 
 tle part in the fights that were waged. Pitt, Fox, 
 Burke, Wilberforce, and many other statesmen have 
 handed down to us specimens of the greatest oratory 
 to which the world has ever listened. 
 
 But while terrible battles were being waged in 
 many countries, there were those who were quietly 
 struggling in some obscure corner to master the 
 forces of nature. Inch by inch steam and electricity 
 were being bound until they should become the ser- 
 vants of man. Neptune in close conjunction with the 
 Sun and surrounded by many planets worked with 
 great power and gave an impetus to everything where 
 water was concerned. Neptune, as you are aware, 
 governs the sea and everything pertaining to water. 
 Mars and Neptune control steam. The Sun controls 
 electricity, and the action of the Sun itself is strength- 
 
DOES HISTORY REPEAT ITSELF 25 
 
 ened by a conjunction with many planets. A great 
 impetus was given to canal building at this period, 
 and the Erie Canal was opened Oct. 26th, 1825, 
 amidst great rejoicing, nine days being spent in cele- 
 brating the occasion. Many canals were planned 
 about this time, but the railway train soon began to 
 outrival the Canal. The Suez Canal was completed 
 and the Panama Canal was also under consideration. 
 George Stephenson succeeded in greatly improving 
 the steam engine, and the first railway was opened in 
 1830 with most imposing ceremonies. Morse, the 
 father of telegraphy; Field, the hero of the Atlantic 
 cable ; and Ericcson, who invented the screw propel- 
 ler, were also struggling through many adversities 
 and discouragements. Oftentimes they met with 
 sneers from those who should have appreciated their 
 efforts, but they lived to see their inventions revolu- 
 tionize the world. 
 
 Summing up our investigations, we find the period 
 between 1825 and 1835 to have been a time of great 
 excitement and great distress, but a period of great 
 achievements and great intellectual ipower. In a 
 close analysis of life, we find that it is in the hour of 
 distress that we come closest to the unseen, and that 
 it is from the unseen that all great ideas, great dis- 
 coveries, and great revelations come. A friend of 
 Herbert Spencer once remarked that it was strange 
 that he seemed to have no wrinkles in his forehead, 
 and he replied, "I never sit down to study any ques- 
 tion out. An idea comes to me and I let it rest, then 
 perhaps in a month, six months, or a year, it comes to 
 me again in a more complete form." That is the ex- 
 perience of all great thinkers ; they do not create the 
 ideas ; they are gifts from the unseen. When Harriet 
 Beecher Stowe was writing Uncle Tom's Cabin, the 
 editor who published her story isuggested that it 
 
 3 
 
26 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 was going to be too long, and she replied that she 
 could not stop writing until she had finished. She 
 doubtless felt that it was being dictated to her by 
 some unseen power. Great ideas are usually born in 
 agony of Soul. Of John Watson, author of "The 
 Bonnie Brier Bush", it is said that he took curious 
 fits of depression and at these times stuck very close 
 to his books ; in a day or two he emerged into clear 
 sunshine. The Psalmist David affords us a gaod ex- 
 ample of the fits of depression and exultation which 
 become the portion of great writers. In a time of 
 agony are our Souls born into the world ; in agony 
 clo our Souls burst into the glory of the unseen; just 
 so every great thought and every great movement is 
 born into the world in anguish of Soul. The agony 
 of the Cross ushered in the era of Christianity; the 
 ten commandments were given amid the thunderings 
 and lightnings of Mt. Sinai ; great distress of mind 
 often marks the period when the Soul is born again ; 
 a new plant grows out of the putrefaction of the seed ; 
 the darkest time comes before the dawn, and the dar- 
 kest time brings us into closest touch with the un- 
 seen. 
 
 In returning to the charts which we have been 
 studying, can we not even now trace a striking ana- 
 logy between the time of which we have been writing 
 and our own time? Our daily papers are full to over- 
 flowing with great disasters, great discoveries, and 
 great reform movements. Uranus has been in con- 
 junction with the Sun for seven years, and will re- 
 main so for seven years to come; the Sun stands for 
 rulers, wealthy men, and those occupying important 
 positions ; it works for promotion. Uranus stands for 
 the laboring class and for those holding inferior po- 
 sitions, symbolizing falling or dragging down. This 
 conjunction always brings disaster to those in high 
 
DOES HISTORY REPEAT ITSELF 27 
 
 places, and the Sun acting on Uranus promotes those 
 who hold inferior positions. Nations as well as indi- 
 viduals are affected by these conjunctions, and a 
 glance at the past seven years should convince even 
 the most incredulous that this conjunction has been 
 doing its work. Where are the rulers who held proud 
 positions seven years ago? The King of England 
 and Emperor of Japan were stricken by death ; the 
 King of Denmark dropped dead on the street ; the 
 King of Spain was assassinated ; Turkey, China and 
 Mexico lost their rulers by revolution ; the Viceroy of 
 India was seriously wounded by an assassin ; Persia, 
 Belgium and Greece suffered like afflictions: Tur- 
 key follows. King Manuel of Portugal played the 
 part of a wise man and walked out before it was too 
 late ; King Haakon of Norway has also expressed a de- 
 sire to abdicate. In France and the United States 
 elections were held amid great excitement, and great 
 danger to those participating in them, saying nothing 
 about the rulers of lesser countries. The quotation 
 previously given, "Uneasy lies the head that wears a 
 crown," must have been written in some such time as 
 this. Another point worthy of notice follows; wher- 
 ever a war has taken place between two coun- 
 tries the smaller country has always been victorious. 
 In the Russo-Japanese war the Japs won one long ser- 
 ies of victories. Judges 5 :20 explains this phenomenon. 
 It reads thus : "They fought from Heaven ; the stars 
 in their courses fought against Sisera." "If the Lord 
 be for us who can be against us?" This is a day of 
 victory for the under man and the under nation. The 
 reforms which took place in England some of which 
 have been mentioned were all along the line of wrest- 
 ing the victim from the hand of the oppressor. We hope 
 to see a repetition of that splendid programme. Fran- 
 chise for women takes the place of the Reform Bill, 
 
28 SOCIAL SCIENCE. 
 
 the White Slave question for the Negro slave trade. 
 Then the labor question needs to be settled now much 
 the same as it was settled then. To those who are 
 laboring for these reforms we would say, the conflict 
 may be fierce but the victory is yours. In a period 
 like this when a; strong conjunction rests on the 
 Horoscope of every individual, excitement spreads 
 like wildfire and it is a difficult matter to control 
 crowds in public places. Men and women are liable 
 to be seized by sudden impulses and carried .s it were 
 off their feet; our asylums and jails may be full. .Fires 
 that have been smouldering will burst into a flame 
 and many will surprise even themselves. During these 
 years we should avoid all stimulants and undue ex- 
 citement ; we should also see that our surplus ener- 
 gies are directed toward something useful. Should 
 we be fortunate enough to escape the asylum and the 
 jail we are still in danger of having our names handed 
 down to posterity as Andrew Jackson had in the per- 
 iod of which we have been writing; history tells us 
 that he was a good man who had an ungovernable 
 temper and often erred in judgment. There were 
 far more serious things wrong than Andrew Jackson's 
 temper; that had nothing to do with the condition of 
 things in England and other countries. However 
 it becomes us to keep a tight rein on ourselves. 
 
 It will also be a time for the display of rare genius ; 
 the grandest music and the most impressive oratory, 
 the wildest rejoicing and the deepest mourning will 
 be features of this era. Spectacular scenes such as the 
 world never before witnessed may be ours to behold. 
 There are those among us who are looking for the 
 second coming of Christ about this time. They claim 
 that Biblical prophecy and Biblical chronology both 
 fix it for the near future; probably it will come at 
 some such time as this but eighty five years here or 
 
DOES HISTORY REPEAT ITSELF; 29 
 
 there would not make much difference. It might be 
 eighty five years from now or many eighty fives. In 
 Matthew 24:14 we are told that the Gospel of the 
 Kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a wit- 
 ness unto all nations, then shall the end come. A 
 few days ago we read that a band of missionaries were 
 planning a tour of the world to return in five years 
 time. This would turn our thoughts to 1918 or 1920, 
 as a possible time for the end to come. In verse 21 
 we are told that there shall be great tribulation such 
 as was not since the beginning of the world and except 
 those days should be shortened there should no flesh 
 be saved. Such a condition would hardly arise in 
 less than five years time. Saturn passes the Sun four 
 or five years hence and this would probably be the 
 most serious time for general disturbances. 
 
 In human life sometimes all the symptoms seem 
 to be unfavorable and life seems to hang upon a mere 
 thread and yet that thread does not break ; life takes 
 on a new period of existence ; and so it might be with 
 mother earth. In Daniel 12:4 we have these words: 
 "Many shall run to and fro and knowledge shall be 
 increased." This seems to be a reference to the im- 
 petus given to traveling in the period before the end, 
 also the increase of knowledge; these prophecies fit 
 the present time. In James 5: 1, 3, 4 these words ap- 
 pear, "Go to now, ye rich men, weep and howl for 
 your miseries that shall come upon you. Ye have 
 heaped treasure together for the last days. Behold 
 the hire of the laborers who have reaped down your 
 fields, which is of you kept back by fraud, crieth : and 
 the cries of them which have reaped are entered into 
 the ears of the Lord of Sabaoth." This is a reference 
 to the struggle between capital and labour. In Thes. 
 2:3 we have "For that day shall not come except 
 there come a falling away first :" this must be a ref- 
 
30 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 erence to the condition of the church. The Church 
 today is full of heresy and the money power rules it. 
 A lady very active in Church work was asked a short 
 time ago, if she thought the majority of the Church 
 members would want to associate with Christ if he 
 came to the earth again, and she replied, "If he came 
 as a poor man, I do not think they would." And this 
 was not an ultra fashionable Church, it was a city 
 Church where probably nine tenths of the members 
 were well to do working people. 
 
 In Luke 21 :25 the following appears, "And there 
 shall be signs in the Sun, and in the Moon, and in the 
 Stars, and upon the earth distress of nations, with 
 perplexity, the sea and the waves roaring." Storms at 
 sea are here predicted. In such a time as this will 
 the end come : only God the Father knoweth the time. 
 
 Thus we see that the war zones of 1830 correspond 
 with the war zones of 1913. Political unrest, labor 
 disputes, Franchise and Slave questions, floods, fires, 
 and marine disasters are prominent features of the 
 present age. Great discoveries are also being made. 
 The navigation of the air is being slowly but surely 
 conquered, at a terrible cost to human life. The Pan- 
 ama Canal, which was under consideration in 1830, 
 will be opened. A few years hence we may be reap- 
 ing the results of the great impetus given to inven- 
 tive genius. We must guard, however, against disas- 
 ter by land and sea, political strife, war, crime, and in- 
 sanity. A heavy conjunction such as has been shown, 
 while it stimulates genius, may also tend to unbalance 
 the mind. Wherever the Sun stands in your horo- 
 scope, you will know that the heavy conjunction ar>- 
 pears opposite to it. If you are born in Aquarius or 
 Leo, it stands in the 1st. Sign ; if in Cancer or Capri- 
 corn, in the 2nd. ; if in Saggitarius or Gemini, the 
 3rd. ; Scorpio or Taurus, the 4th. ; Libra or Aries, the 
 
NATURE OF THE PLANETS 31 
 
 5th. ; and Pisces or Virgo, the 6th. It stands be- 
 tween the Signs we have mentioned and the preced- 
 ing Sign. In the Chart given, it appears as it would 
 for Capricorn or Cancer persons. 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 Nature of the Planets. 
 
 A few hints will now be given upon the astrologi- 
 cal indications of the planets. Of the planet Vulcan 
 we have very little knowledge, and its position has 
 not been indicated on the charts. 
 
 Mercury is a small planet, and being close to the 
 Sun it is also very warm. It remains in some of the 
 Signs 11 days, and in others only 4 days, showing 
 that it is very fickle and unstable in its nature. Be- 
 ing small and quick in motion, it is symbolic of child 
 life, and also bird life. It also stands for writing, 
 traveling, shipping and commercial life. 
 
 Venus, usually known as the Goddess of Love, is a 
 very beautiful planet, warm, and rather quick in mo- 
 tion, but very stable. Each Sign is passed through in 
 practically the same time. It is larger than Mercury, 
 and represents beauty and women. Venus is the dec- 
 orator of the earth. Warmth, beauty and constancy, 
 the principal attributes of love, are embodied in this 
 planet. 
 
 Mars is a fiery red planet and governs quarreling, 
 fighting, fire, bloodshed and destruction. It acts 
 quickly. Diseases under Mars assume an acute form, 
 the question of life or death being quickly settled. 
 It governs all military affairs. 
 
 Jupiter stands for official life and the administra- 
 tion of justice. Jupiter is a large, grand looking plan- 
 
32 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 et, and shines with a firm and steady light. Its moons 
 are symbolic of court attaches, clerks, assistants, and 
 attendants upon those who fill important offices. It 
 is neither hot nor cold, fast nor slow, and is there- 
 fore symbolic of the straight line which justice marks 
 out for the offender. Jupiter also governs victory 
 and promotion. 
 
 Saturn is a cold, pale, slow-moving planet, and its 
 rings convey the idea of duplicity, a wheel within a 
 wheel, as it is commonly expressed. Saturn is sup- 
 posed to govern the crust of the earth. It also in- 
 dicates chronic diseases or those which work slowly. 
 Intellectually, it gives a deep, penetrating nature with 
 scientific and inventive ability. It frequently indi- 
 cates imprisonment or death. 
 
 Uranus governs the sky, and conjunctions of Ura- 
 nus and the Sun tend to the study of astronomy. This 
 planet indicates originality in all things, and leads to 
 the study of the mysterious. Uranus stands for pe- 
 culiar diseases and peculiar deaths ; it also indicates 
 trouble from falling, and separation. 
 
 Neptune is a cold, slow-moving planet, and governs 
 water and all liquids. Further than that we know 
 very little of the nature of its influence. We pre- 
 sume much more will be learned regarding the nature 
 of Neptune, and the other planets as well. 
 
INDICATIONS OF THE SIGNS 33 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 Indications of the Signs. 
 
 1 and 7 control religion, education, dress, love, and 
 marriage. 
 
 2 and 8 control money and worldly goods. 
 
 3 and 9 control traveling, writing, brothers and sis- 
 ters, cousins, and relatives by marriage. 
 
 4 and 10 control parents, houses and land, building, 
 and constructive work. 
 
 5 and 11 control children, friends who are not re- 
 lated, traveling, and appearing before the public. 
 
 6 and 12 control animals, food-stuffs, enemies, and 
 war. 
 
 The part of the body governed by each Sign will 
 be found on a following page, at least an approx- 
 imate division is made. The points between the 
 Signs should mark the most important parts of the 
 body from the eyes to the ankles. Bad planets in any 
 of these signs lead to disease of the organs governed 
 by these Signs, unless the trouble takes some other 
 form ; for example, bad influences in the 6th. and 12th. 
 might bring trouble from enemies, foodstuffs or ani- 
 mals, or it might bring diseases connected with the 
 stomach or feet. 
 
34 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 SAMPLE CHART 
 
 Henrietta Mansfield, 
 
 March 18, 1898. 
 
 12. Moon in Aquarius (J4). 
 
 3. Uranus in Taurus (leaving). 
 
 4. Saturn in Gemini (%). 
 2. Jupiter in Aries (J4). 
 6. Mars in Leo (12 days). 
 
 8. Venus in Libra (10 days). 
 
 8. Mercury in Libra (2 days). 
 10. Neptune in Saggitarius (leaving). 
 12. Sun in Aquarius (entering). 
 
 1. Earth in Pisces (%). 
 Mars changes at 36 
 
 6, 7 
 
 Venus changes at 9, 28, 46, 64 
 
 8 9 10 11 
 
 Mercury changes at 4, 9, 14, 19, 25 
 
 8 9 10 11 12 
 
 31, 40, 50, 61, 71 
 
 12345 
 
 Moon changes at 2, 4, 6, 8, 11, 14, 16 
 
 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 
 18, 20, 22, 24, 27, 29 
 
 7 8 9 10 11 12 
 31, 33, 36, 38, 41, 43 
 
 123456 
 45, 47, 49, 51, 53, 55 
 
 7 8 9 10 11 12 
 57, 60, 62, 65, 67, 70 
 
 123456 
 Virgo. 
 
SAMPLE CHART 
 
 35 
 
METHOD OF DEVELOPING A CHART 37 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 Method of Developing a Chart. 
 
 On a preceding page you will see a young lady, 
 who illustrates the part of the body governed by each 
 of the 12 Signs. 
 
 We will suppose that her birth date is March 18, 
 1898, and we wish to work her horoscope for June 
 18, 1913. First turn to the Ephemeris for the year 
 1898. Here you will find the position of all the 
 planets excepting Neptune, and we have reckoned 
 back from the present time to find Neptune. On a 
 chart of the heavens .for 1913 Neptune appears be- 
 tween Gemini and Cancer, but we must remember that 
 the position of the Signs has been changed in late 
 years, so that Cancer of the present day answers to 
 Leo of olden times. We therefore place Neptune be- 
 tween Cancer and Leo, and Saturn in Gemini instead 
 of Taurus. 
 
 It might be well before proceeding further to give 
 the time required by each planet to revolve once 
 around the Sun. 
 
 Mercury 88 days 
 
 Venus 2242/3 days 
 
 Earth 365 1/4 days 
 
 Mars 687 days 
 
 Jupiter 11 yrs. 315 days 
 
 Saturn 29 1/2 yrs. 
 
 Uranus 84 yrs. 
 
 Neptune 168 yrs. 
 
 In entering planets in the Nativity every day 
 counts a year. We cannot give any reason for this ; 
 if there is any reason we have not discovered it. It 
 just seems to be one of God's laws. In consideration 
 of this fact we will see that Neptune, LTranus, Saturn, 
 
38 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 Jupiter and the Sun change so very little in a lifetime 
 that the change is not worth noting. Mars passes 
 through 1 Sign and a fraction of another, during an 
 ordinary lifetime, so that we commence with the 
 changes of Mars. We also mark the changes of Venus, 
 Mercury and the Moon ; all these are important. In 
 many charts where planets should be in the same 
 place we have found it necessary to move some of 
 them slightly. Neptune remains 14 years in one Sign 
 so that we find Neptune entering the Signs as follows : 
 Aquarius in 1912, Capricorn in 1898, Saggitarius in 
 1884, Scorpio in 1870, Libra in 1856, Virgo in 1842, 
 Leo in 1828. 
 
 This is as near as we have been able to come to the 
 position of Neptune. The Sun we place in Aquarius 
 near Capicorn and always there. 
 
 The Earth which makes a circuit of the Signs in 
 a year, changes as follows : (We are copying this from 
 Mr. Butler's works.) 
 
 Earth enters Aries March 21. 
 
 Taurus April 19. 
 
 Gemini May 20. 
 
 Cancer June 21. 
 
 Leo July 22. 
 
 Virgo August 22. 
 
 Libra September 23. 
 
 Scorpio October 23. 
 
 Saggitarius November 22. 
 
 Capricorn December 21. 
 
 Aquarius January 20. 
 
 Pisces February 19. 
 We will now proceed to work out the Chart com- 
 mencing with the Moon. In the column under March, 
 and opposite 18, the Moon appears in Aquarius, we 
 will say one half. It will be found advisable to get 
 the position in the Sign approximately. Uranus 
 
METHOD OF DEVELOPING A CHART 39 
 
 is at the head of the first column under "Posi- 
 tion of the Planets." It will be necessary to learn the 
 signs used for each planet, and the signs of the Zodiac 
 as well. Uranus is leaving Taurus, Saturn is 
 about y\ in Aries, Mars 12 days in Xeo, Venus 
 10 days in Libra and Mercury, 2 days in Libra. The 
 Sun we always mark in Aquarius near Capricorn. 
 Neptune is leaving Saggitarius and the Earth on 
 March 18 is in Pisces. The Sign in which the 
 Earth is found is always in the 1st. Sign. Having writ- 
 ten down the Signs in which each planet is found, in- 
 cluding the Sun, Moon, and Earth, you then proceed 
 to number them, commencing with the one in which 
 the Earth is found; it is always 1. If Pisces is 1, 
 then Aries will be 2, Taurus will be 3, Gemini 4, Can- 
 cer 5, Leo 6, Virgo 7, Libra 8, etc. When you have 
 thus numbered them all, you proceed to mark the 
 changes. First look in the column for Mars. It chan- 
 ges on April 23 from March 18 to April 23 is 36 
 days counting every day a year, Mars changes at 
 the 36th year, being now in the 6th. Sign it will 
 change to the 7th. Indicate the signs below in small 
 figures. Now turn to Venus; it changes on March 
 27th., and will therefore change at the 9th. year; it 
 changes again on April 15, 19 years later. The chan- 
 ges of Venus are so regular that you can depend on 
 each period being either 18 or 19 years. Not so with 
 Mercury ; we look in the column for Mercury ; (it 
 makes more changes and covers two columns). You 
 find that it changes on March 22, and we mark the 
 first change at 4 years, the 2nd. at 9 years., the 3rd. 
 at 14, and so on. Place the Signs from which the 
 changes are made underneath in smaller figures. 
 Lastly we find the changes of the Moon ; it changes 
 at 2 years, 4 years, etc. ; you can run your finger down 
 the columns, and mark them as you go; when you 
 
40 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 have reached 80 years of age, or as far as you care 
 to go, look for the Sign in which the Moon appeared 
 at birth (here it was in the 12th. Sign), and mark 
 ,the numbers underneath, coming to 1 again when you 
 reach 12. You may prove the correctness of your 
 work by placing the Sign underneath the last figures. 
 We have now completed the mathematical part of the 
 work, and all that remains for us to do is to draw a 
 circle dividing it into 12 equal parts and place the 
 planets where they belong in the Signs. In this case 
 we want a chart for June 18, 1913. The young lady 
 is 15 years of age, and we must find their position at 
 that time. We place Uranus, Saturn, Jupiter, Nep- 
 tune, and the Sun practically where they appeared at 
 birth. Mars changes at the age of 36 from the 6th. 
 to the 7th. Signs, so that we merely place it a little 
 further , in the 6th. Sign, or rather the 12th. 
 
 We have found that planets in opposite Signs work 
 as if they were in the same Sign, so that in order to 
 facilitate matters we have placed them in the same 
 Sign, and it simplifies the reading wonderfully. 
 We will therefore place Mars and the Sun in the 12th. 
 Sign, Uranus in the 3rd., Saturn in the 4th., Jupiter 
 in the 2nd., and Neptune between the 4th. and 5th. 
 Signs. Venus enters the 9th., which we will call the 
 3rd., at 8 years; and at 15 it will be rather more than 
 1/3 in the 3rd. Mercury has just left the 10th. Sign, 
 and the Moon is in the 6th., or the 12th., as we will 
 call it. In working the horoscope of a stranger we 
 usually select the time when Mercury passes Venus 
 as being an important point. We also find the time 
 when the Moon strikes the conjunction of Venus and 
 Mercury or enters a Sign where there are many plan- 
 ets. This usually leads you to the best points in the 
 horoscope, particularly if Venus and Mercury form a 
 conjunction with the Sun, or other good planets. We 
 
METHOD OF DEVELOPING A CHART 41 
 
 then find the Transits for the year fixed upon, 
 selecting that portion of the year when the largest 
 number of planets or the best planets stand opposite 
 to Venus and Mercury. With these explanations we 
 will proceed to find the Transits for June 18, 1913. The 
 Transits always give the position of the planets on the 
 date for which you wish the chart, and they are reck- 
 oned by days instead of years. While the Moon re- 
 mains 2 or 3 days in a Sign in the Transits, it remains 
 2 or 3 years in the Nativity. Mercury remains from 
 4 to 11 days in the Transits, and from 4 to 11 years 
 in the Nativity. Venus remains 18 or 19 days in the 
 Transits, and 18 or 19 years in the Nativity. Jupiter 
 remains in one Sign in the vicinity of a year, Saturn 
 for 2 years, and several months, and Mars for 50 days 
 or more. The time varies with these planets, Uranus 
 remains 7 years in one Sign, and Neptune 14 years. 
 We do not reckon the changes for the long standing 
 planets in the Nativity. Turning to the year 1913 
 in the Ephemeris we find the position of all the plan- 
 ets for June 18 in the same manner in which we found 
 the position at birth, and place them where they be- 
 long in the Signs. The Sun always stands opposite 
 to the Sun, and Neptune and the Earth are found in 
 precisely the same manner as for the Nativity. 
 
 You may read all public events in the Transits, 
 coupled with horoscopes of rulers and those connected 
 with these events. 
 
 Some one will say: "That's a very simple arrange- 
 ment !" Yes, it looks simple when you have some one 
 to outline it for you, but it cost us just 7 years of ex- 
 perimenting and continuous investigation to bring 
 it even to this stage of perfection. 
 
 We have found Mr. Butler's Ephemeris to be trust- 
 worthy so far as it goes, and he tells us that he may 
 mark the position of the planets more minutely at 
 
42 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 some time. We think it would be quite an advan- 
 tage if we knew just the time when one planet passed 
 another in the Signs. You will notice the position of 
 the Moon and some of the planets in the Almanacs, 
 but we have not found them reliable. You can keep 
 track of the Moon for a long while by watching 
 events, particularly in a family where the different 
 Signs are represented. When the Moon changes, it 
 may be between the 2nd. and 3rd. Signs for one, com- 
 bining money and traveling, or money and letters ; for 
 another it may be between the 1st. and 2nd., marriage 
 and money, if good planets appear there the person 
 will receive money and if bad there may be a quarrel 
 over money. These are merely examples to show 
 that in the minor events of life we may trace the po- 
 sition of the Moon without the aid of an Ephemeris. 
 We have done so for months. Something happens to 
 one member of a family which gives you a guess of 
 the position of the Moon, and other events occur 
 which verify it. By this test we have found Mr. But- 
 ler's Ephemeris to be correct, but not those 
 in the Almanacs. We have also given the Ephemeris 
 which notes the position of the planets as they appear 
 from the earth a fair test, but could not succeed in 
 developing anything out of it. 
 
 These charts may be worked on a common spelling 
 tablet, but we would advise every one to work them 
 neatly with pen and ink, as they may wish to refer to 
 them in after years. 
 
 In the young lady's chart before us, we first notice 
 that she seems to have suffered from trouble to her 
 parents during childhood, particularly about the years 
 1909 and 1910. The Moon passed through her 4th. 
 Sign at that time. She either suffered severely from 
 trouble to parents, or ill-health coming under that 
 Sign. A bad 4th. Sign frequently leads to bronchial 
 
METHOD OF DEVELOPING A CHART 43 
 
 trouble, and generally diseases which arise from cold. 
 Tuberculosis sometimes affects the knee, because the 
 10th. Sign is opposite to the 4th. When you find a 
 Sign which is bad for parents, or brothers and sis- 
 ters, that does not mean that these relatives will suf- 
 fer more than is the common lot of humanity, but it 
 does indicate that children who have such Signs will 
 be with them when they do suffer. Usually during 
 their childhood the parents are unfortunate. Those 
 who have a bad Sign for parents usually visit them 
 when ill, or they fall sick when they do visit them. 
 Sometimes children with such a Sign as we have be- 
 fore us have cruel parents. A child with a bad 4th. 
 Sign and good llth. Sign may be better placed with 
 strangers. It either indicates trouble to or from par- 
 ents or ill-health. This horoscope is not good for 
 traveling. Neptune is in a bad position, and danger 
 accompanies it. It would be good for the study of 
 painting or music. The 2nd. Sign is good for money, 
 and there is nothing detrimental in the marriage Sign. 
 Late in life it will not be so good, as Mars comes in. 
 The 12th. Sign is war-like, and the Moon is at present 
 between the Sun and Mars in the 12th. This lady 
 would be liable to witness a few live fights, if she 
 does not actually see a battle field. Martial music 
 will appeal very strongly to her. If she has inherited 
 sufficient musical talent, she should be successful as 
 a pianist for an orchestra. She should also be very 
 successful in painting. Wild animals and battle 
 scenes would be congenial subjects to her. If she in- 
 herits writing talent, she might distinguish herself as 
 a novelist, or she might make an excellent nurse. All 
 these would be in her line. She might be fond of the 
 water, and also fond of traveling, but she should not 
 follow any occupation which demands traveling. She 
 is likely to be associated with military men, surgeons, 
 
44 SOCIAL SCIENCE. 
 
 or those whose occupations connect them with fire- 
 arms, jire, or cutting instruments. Her Moon leaves 
 the Marriage Sign at 18, and this is the time when 
 planetary influences would lead in that direction. Her 
 1st. Sign is not strong, however. 
 
 . In studying a chart first note the position of the 
 Moon in the Nativity. You may expect events along 
 the line indicated by the Sign in which the Moon 
 stands to take place. If there are many planets in 
 this Sign or a strong 'con junction in the Transits, you 
 may expect important events to take place. If no 
 planets appear in or near this Sign, the Moon will 
 probably pass through it quietly. If good planets ap- 
 pear in this Sign, it will bring prosperity ; if bad plan- 
 ets appear, prepare to guard against dangers coming 
 under this Sign. If both good and bad planets ap- 
 pear, you may meet with success after a struggle, or 
 prosperity may be fitful. The time when the Earth 
 and Moon in the Transits come into this Sign will be 
 the most important time in the year, for example, if 
 the Moon is in the 2nd. or money Sign in the Nativity, 
 and this Sign is Cancer; then the Earth enters Can- 
 cer in June and Capricorn in December. Between the 
 21st. of December and the 20th. of January, also be- 
 tween the 21st. of June and 22nd. of July, the Earth 
 is in the money Sign. During these periods the Moon 
 enters this Sign 4 times, and these are points to note, 
 although you must keep track of the entire horoscope. 
 Notice where large conjunctions occur in the Transits 
 and where the good and bad planets are situated ; also 
 when planets are changing. If several bad planets 
 change at the same time, this signifies danger ; if 
 several good planets change, it brings good fortune. 
 If the Earth is in your traveling or writing Sign, and 
 the Moon in your money Sign, this connects money 
 with traveling or writing; you will soon learn to 
 
METHOD OF DEVELOPING A CHART 45 
 
 note the different combinations. If any section of the 
 chart is very strong, it will hold a leading place 
 through all the changes. Your daily life, your 
 thoughts, your dreams, will be all strongly colored by 
 this part of your horoscope. It cannot be otherwise. 
 You may be known as a man of genius, a man with a 
 hobby, or a man with a besetting sin, or all three, ac- 
 cording to the use which you make of this natural 
 bias which planetary conditions give you. 
 
 The Sun also marks an important point in the 
 Chart. In a study of the lives of the last 10 Presi- 
 dents of the United States, we find that 9 out of the 
 10 came into power while the Moon was in conjunc- 
 tion with the Sun in the Nativity; and the time when 
 the Moon passed the Sun marked the most important 
 point in their administration. The exception is Pres- 
 ident Hayes, and Uranus and Mars, two bad planets, 
 came into conjunction with the Sun in his horoscope. 
 Our present President came into power while Mer- 
 cury, Venus, and the Moon were in conjunction with 
 the Sun, and a large conjunction stood opposite in 
 the Transits. This was also the point where the 
 Moon stood at birth, and undoubtedly the strongest 
 point in his horoscope. 
 
 If Venus and Mercury form a conjunction near the 
 Sun in the Nativity, it augurs well for promotion in 
 life. If anything occurs that you cannot find a rea- 
 son for in your horoscope, do not give up until you 
 have discovered it ; that is the way in which we gain 
 knowledge. Don't be content with what you have 
 heard, or what someone has told you. Investigate for 
 yourself; you may strike something valuable. Teach- 
 ers and parents should find this study especially profi- 
 table ; they will find so many points in a horoscope to 
 give them an insight into the proper manner of hand- 
 ling a child. It will also enable a person to more thor- 
 
46 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 oughly understand those with whom he comes in 
 contact, and to select the best time in his chart for 
 any important venture. How far circumstances com- 
 pel us to follow a certain path in life is a question that 
 requires very deep investigation. There is one im- 
 portant point to be considered, however, these charts 
 'which we will study constitute a record of feeling 
 rather than a record of events ; for example, the father 
 or mother of a family may die, and the bereavement 
 does not appear the same in the horoscopes of all the 
 children. In some it is strongly marked, and in 
 some, other events are crowding it out, and they 
 do not feel it so keenly. Frequently those in whom it 
 is strongly marked have been with the father or moth- 
 er in their last illness, while those in whose charts it 
 is not strongly marked have been absent. 
 
 Under "Traveling" we have endeavored to show 
 the manner in which different passengers regard a 
 storm at sea. They are all under the same pressure, 
 but some feel it and others do not. Planetary con- 
 ditions account for this fact. 
 
 It cannot be denied that in human nature there is 
 a strong craving for the tragic in life. A fire or an 
 accident always draws a crowd, and many go to the 
 theatre and pay good money to have someone draw 
 tears from their eyes, as if there was not enough real 
 sorrow in life without resorting to imitation. It is 
 quite possible that if the tragic side of life were cut 
 out, many would think the world a very tame place, 
 far too dull for them. In a certain sense, the world 
 fits the people, and the people fit the world. 
 
 One point we wish especially to emphasize. Try to 
 find the place in the world where you will be most 
 successful and stick to it. If, after examining a chart 
 of your life, and comparing it with your own exper- 
 ience, you decide that you are in a position where you 
 
METHOD OF DEVELOPING A CHART 47 
 
 cannot succeed, give it up. Many men and women 
 struggle on in a place where they are only meeting 
 with failure and discouragement, hoping by perse- 
 verance and supposed good management to force fate 
 to yield to them. The result may be a nervous break- 
 down, or suicide. This book will be of great assis- 
 tance in enabling you to discover where you can be 
 most successful, and when you get there, stick to it. 
 When the Moon comes into a bad place in your horo- 
 scope, you are liable to leave a good position and go 
 into some business which will only bring failure and 
 loss; watch for these temptations. When we mention 
 practising astrologers, we do not intend to speak 
 slightingly of them. They are, we believe, generally 
 conscientious. They have, with many others, felt 
 that there was a powerful influence at work, regulat- 
 ing the affairs of men, and in their eagerness to uti- 
 lize their belief, have fancied that they had something 
 really valuable to give the world. We lay their lack 
 of success to the fact that they were using the wrong 
 Ephemeris. 
 
 A glance at the Transits for June 18, 1913 will prove 
 interesting. Here a conjunction of Mercury and Mars 
 occurs ; during 3 days while Mercury is approach- 
 ing Mars, we find on the west coast of America a few 
 striking events. We believe that certain Signs gov- 
 ern certain sections of the earth, but we have not had 
 time to fully investigate the subject. The fact that the 
 war zones of 1830 correspond with the war zones of 
 1912 would lead one to believe that this might be the 
 case. On the morning of June 19th., we read of a col- 
 lision of two electric trains, leaving 11 killed and 
 many injured. Mercury stands for traveling, writing, 
 and children, and under the influence of Mars this 
 accident occurs. A survivor said that he saw no oc- 
 casion whatever for the collision. Tt is a fact which 
 
48 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 cannot be denied, that persons become helpless, to a 
 certain extent, under these influences ; either they are 
 made to forget something, 'or they are led to take un- 
 necessary risks, or it may be that they are at the time 
 paralyzed with fear ; anyhow if it is going to come it 
 comes, and those whose time has arrived are brought 
 there. One little boy, who lost his father, tells how 
 they missed the car they had planned to take; and a 
 passenger, whose life was miraculously saved, tells 
 of having a premonition before he left home, that he 
 was near death, and leaving instructions with his wife 
 regarding his finances. Such premonitions come 
 from planetary influences, and are not uncommon. 
 We can recall passing remarks in a careless manner, 
 that were prophetic of some event that we never 
 dreamt of taking place. 
 
 On the evening of June 10th, a man under the in- 
 fluence of liquor clubbed his wife to death, and his 
 3 little children were taken to the detention home 
 sobbing for mama. Here Mars brings trouble to 
 children. The students of a leading 'high school 
 also threatened to go on strike because their vacation 
 was cut down from 10 to 7 weeks more trouble to 
 children, or young persons. In connection with writ- 
 ing, 4 leading newspaper men in one city were 
 arrested on charges of criminal libel ; suits being 
 instituted against three papers. This took place on 
 June 18th. At this same time, also in connection 
 with writing, a man was given 10 years in the Peni- 
 tentiary for stealing a hotel register out of the Dis- 
 trict Attorney's office. What do you think of that? 
 
 However, while Mars is bringing disaster to that 
 which falls under Mercury, Mercury is limiting the 
 power of Mars. We must remember that in every 
 conjunction planets act and react upon each other, 
 and we are pleased to record that on June 17, we re- 
 ceived the news that punishment by instruments of 
 
METHOD OF DEVELOPING A CHART 49 
 
 torture had been prohibited in prisons and reforma- 
 tory institutions. This was surely a great relief to 
 those who had read the blood-curdling accounts of the 
 treatment of prisoners in these institutions. In this 
 case Mercury limits the power of Mars, or in other 
 words cruelty is prohibited by writing. 
 
 We might also call your attention to the fact that 
 we chose the birthdate for illustration at random, and 
 it proved to be one where Mars in conjunction with 
 the Sun took a leading part. Mercury in conjunction 
 with Venus or some of the other planets would have 
 given us a very different birthdate upon which to 
 write. 
 
 In these studies -you want to make a special point 
 of watching the time at which one planet passes an- 
 other. An Ephemeris marking these points more 
 definitely would be very desirable, and we feel sure 
 that some kind person will provide us with it. You 
 will also notice in this Chart that the Earth and the 
 Moon are in conjunction with Saturn, working 
 strongly in connection with death and imprisonment. 
 The large conjunction to which we have referred in 
 Chapter II. forms around the Sun; Neptune will re- 
 main in the Sun Sign 14 years and Uranus 7 years, 
 and the other planets travel in and out. Sometimes 
 the conjunction is very strong, as in Jan., 1915. At 
 the present time 4 good planets appear there to 1 bad, 
 so that everything connected with the Sun should 
 prosper. Venus in the conjunction brings women in- 
 to prominence, and Xeptune is under more favorable 
 influences than formerly. Mars passed the Sun at the 
 time of the floods in the Eastern States. Uranus un- 
 der good influences puts a quietus on labor difficul- 
 ties for the present, and also brings relief to prisoners. 
 The war problem also gets a rest. At the close of 
 this book you will find a complete list of the charts 
 and explanations attached for reference. 
 
50 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 Religion. 
 
 For years we were in doubt as to what section of 
 the chart governed religion, but while reading the 10 
 commandments we discovered that there we could 
 not only determine the position of religion, but we 
 could also outline other indications of the Signs. We 
 find a complete compendium of all the sins to which 
 flesh is heir, arranged according to the Signs. The 
 first 4 commandments deal with our duty to God, 
 hence we assume that religion is governed by them, 
 the 1st. Sign being the fountain head. We read in 
 Matthew xxii., 24, that a lawyer who wished to en- 
 trap Christ said, "Master, which is the greatest com- 
 mandment in the law?" And Jesus said unto him, 
 "Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, 
 with all thy soul, and with all thy mind. This is the 
 first and great commandment, and the second is like 
 unto it. Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself. 
 On these two commandments hang all the law and 
 the prophets." Thus we see the same division made 
 by Christ, the first four dealing with our duty to God, 
 and the remaining six, or eight, as we call them, deal- 
 ing with our duty to our fellow man. A brief glance 
 at the commandments will prove interesting; the sins 
 of each Sign in the chart are here enumerated in 
 their logical order. We will for convenience couple 
 the opposite signs as we have done in the charts. 
 
 1st. Commandment "Thou shalt have no other 
 gods before me." 7th. "Thou shalt not commit adul- 
 tery ;" the 1st. and 7th. governing religion and mar- 
 riage. Here fidelity to God and fidelity in the mar- 
 riage relation are coupled. 
 
 2nd. and 8th. "Thou shalt not make unto thee 
 
RELIGION 51 
 
 any graven image", and ''Thou shalt not steal." The 
 2nd. forbids the worship of material things instead of 
 the worship of God, and the 8th. the accumulation of 
 worldly goods by dishonest means. These explain 
 our duty to God and our duty to man in material 
 things. 
 
 3rd. and 9th. "Thou shalt not take the name of 
 the Lord thy God in vain", and "Thou shalt not bear 
 false witness against thy neighbor." These forbid 
 speaking reproachfully of either God or man. The 
 3rd. and 9th. Signs govern language. 
 
 4th. and 10th. "Remember the Sabbath day to 
 keep it holy", and "Thou shalt not covet thy neigh- 
 bor's house." The 4th. Sign is the time keeper. The 
 Sun, Moon and Stars were made under the 4th. Sign, 
 and they are the time keepers ; this explains our duty 
 to God with regard to time, giving him one day in 
 seven. Houses come under the 4th. Sign, and we are 
 warned against coveting them. 
 
 The 5th. and llth. are, "Honor thy father and thy 
 mother", and "Thou shalt not covet thy neighbor's 
 wife." The 5th. and llth. Signs governing children 
 explain the duties of children as children, and also 
 forbid the illegitimate birth of children. 
 
 6th. and 12th. "Thou shalt not kill", and "Thou 
 shalt not covet thy neighbor's manservant, nor his 
 maidservant, nor his ox, nor his ass, nor anything that 
 is thy neighbor's." Thou shalt not kill comes direct- 
 ly under the 12th. Sign, and servants and animals also 
 come under the 6th. and 12th. 
 
 Some one will say, I never knew there were 12 
 commandments ; there surely are 12, but that is not 
 a matter of any importance. This outline corresponds 
 exactly with the indications of the 12 Signs. 
 
 We also wish to briefly glance at the account of 
 the creation as given in the 1st. chapter of Genesis. 
 
52 SOCIAL SCIENCE. 
 
 On the 1st. day, which we will call Monday, God 
 created light, and divided light from the darkness ; 
 this corresponds with the point between the 12th. and 
 1st. Signs in the chart. The 12th. stands for "dark- 
 ness and hate", and the 1st. for "love and light". 
 Christ says, "Ye are the light of the world" ; light and 
 religion are frequently associated in the Bible. Love 
 and light are also frequently associated. 
 
 On the 2nd. day (Tuesday), God created the 
 Firmament, or Heaven, as it is called. The 2nd. 
 Sign stands for earthly reward (money) and the re- 
 ward of the soul, Heaven. 
 
 On the beginning of the 3rd. day (Wednesday), we 
 find him creating the landscape : the dry land appears, 
 and grass and herb and tree spring forth into exis- 
 tence. The 3rd. Sign is the traveling sign, and every- 
 thing that goes to form a landscape comes under the 
 3rd. Houses and land come between the 3rd. and 4th. 
 Signs, the material for the house coming from the 
 3rd., while the art of construction comes from the 
 4th., just the same as the material for a book comes 
 from the 3rd., and the mechanical part 'of the work 
 comes from the 4th. 
 
 At the beginning of the 4th. (Thursday), he said, 
 "Let there be light in the firmament of Heaven, to 
 divide the day from the night, and let them be for 
 signs, and for seasons, and for days and years" ; Signs 
 here must refer to the indications of the planets. If 
 we may judge by the chart we have presented in As- 
 tronomy, this science comes under the 4th. Sign. 
 
 In the beginning of the 5th. day (Friday), God be- 
 gan to create life, and the 5th. Sign is the point which 
 governs life creating functions in all horoscopes. He 
 commenced with the lower forms of animal life which 
 inhabit the sea. He created fish and he created them 
 on Friday; fish and Friday are still associated. He 
 
RELIGION 53 
 
 also created the fowls of the air in the 5th. Sign ; fish 
 and fowl apparently belong to the 5th. and llth. 
 Signs. The stork has for many years been associated 
 with the birth of infants. In the beginning of the 
 6th. day, God created all the animals and everything 
 that creepeth upon the face of the earth ; the 6th. Sign 
 governs animals. Adam was probably created at the 
 same time and Eve at the beginning of the 1st. Sign, 
 this being the marriage sign ; the account in the Bible 
 is not quite clear on this point. God created man in 
 his own image, a little lower than the angels. In our 
 spiritual state we shall be like him. We care not 
 whether these days were actual days or periods of 
 1000 years or more ; had God considered the matter of 
 any importance he could have told us. 
 
 Although we lack an Ephemeris to throw light up- 
 on Bible times, we could wander through its pages, 
 and pick up a point almost anywhere, to elucidate the 
 principles of planetary influence. Animals and ene- 
 mies seem often to run together ; animals were used 
 as a peace offering in Old Testament times. In the 
 case of Adam and Eve, enemies and animals and 
 fruit came together ; all of these belong to the 12th. 
 Sign. The serpent and the forbidden fruit made ene- 
 mies for them ; the Lord told Adam about the forbid- 
 den fruit before Eve was created, and Adam appar- 
 ently talked it over with Eve, and was courteous 
 enough to give her the first bite. That is all there is 
 to the great mystery of the temptation. Satan temp- 
 ted both Adam and Eve. True, Adam laid the blame 
 on Eve, just as man has been laying the blame on 
 woman ever since. That is one of the mysterious 01- 
 fices of womankind; if she does not do a thing her- 
 self, she tempts man to do it. 
 
 Moses twice experienced a signal deliverance 
 through the agency of water. Pharaoh's daughter 
 
54 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 found him in an ark when she came to the river to 
 bathe and took him to her home; again the Egyptians 
 were drowned while they were pursuing him across 
 the Red Sea. Moses was born under circumstances 
 similar to those under which Jesus was born. All the 
 male children were being killed ; each must have had 
 a very strong 12th. Sign. Fighting and animals play 
 a very prominent part in Bible times. Christ was 
 born in a stable and cradled in a manger, showing 
 that his 12th. Sign must have been very strong. 
 Christ was not baptized, neither did he enter into 
 any active work until he was about 30 years of age. 
 Probably he would have met his death earlier if he 
 had come into contact with the masses in the same 
 way. It was also in the purpose of God that he 
 should reach the period of the highest development 
 before being offered up as a sacrifice. 
 
 In Genesis we read that giants lived in those days, 
 and that they lived to be nearly 1000 years of age. It 
 is probable that the race is becoming smaller and 
 shorter lived, with quicker pulse, quicker action, and 
 more rapid development. Someone writes, "\Ye 
 count time by heart throbs, not by figures on a dial." 
 It is asserted by astronomers that stars are increas- 
 ing their speed ; if so there is probably a correspond- 
 ing change in human existence. This is a rushing 
 world compared with the world of Bible times. 
 Christ was probably not any older at 30 than a man 
 of these times would be at 25. The time of his minis- 
 try was short ; others could preach but he alone could 
 perform the work of redemption. At the time of his 
 crucifixion planetary conditions must have reached 
 the greatest climax in history; never until Christ 
 comes again shall we behold anything similar. The 
 land was in darkness for the space of three hours ; 
 the earth did quake, rocks were rent, the graves were 
 
RELIGION 55 
 
 opened and many of the saints arose. The veil in 
 the temple, symbolic of the thin veil which divides 
 the seen from the unseen, was rent in twain and it 
 seemed for a time as if there was no dividing 
 line between this world and the next. We assume 
 that Christ, who was subject to like temptation with 
 us, came under planetary influences in the same man- 
 ner. His 12th. Sign and 2nd. seem to have been the 
 leading points at this time. He was betrayed for 30 
 pieces of silver, and crucified between thieves ; the 
 incident of the alabaster box of ointment, in which 
 Christ was told by his disciples that the box might 
 have been sold and the money given to the poor im- 
 mediately preceded his betrayal ; before this came the 
 parable of the talents. We cannot dwell long upon 
 this most important event in the history of the 
 world, but one point strikes us as being the 
 most mysterious, the most pathetic, the most deplor- 
 able feature of this amazing tragedy. Christ was cru- 
 cified by the church, He was sold to the priests, by 
 one of his own disciples, for 30 pieces of silver. Then 
 Judas took the money back to the priests and went 
 and hanged himself. The priests could not put the 
 money in the treasury, for it was the price of blood, 
 so they bought a field with it in which to bury pau- 
 pers. 
 
 He was accused by the chief priests and elders, and 
 when Pilate was more than willing to release him, 
 they cried out crucify him, crucify him. "He came 
 unto his own and his own received him not." They 
 said, "Who hath made this man to rule over us." "Is 
 not this Joseph the Carpenter's son?" This fellow 
 said, "I am able to destroy the temple of God and to 
 build it in three days." Because Jesus did not come 
 as a great king they showed naught but contempt 
 for him. They were not ignorant, the chief priests 
 
56 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 and scribes had read the prophesies concerning the 
 coming of the Messiah and knew that he was to be 
 "despised and rejected of men, a man of sorrows, and 
 acquainted with grief," and yet that awful demon 
 pride came in between them and the greatest blessing 
 ever vouchsafed to man, the love and companionship 
 of the blessed Saviour of the world. Would the church 
 of the present day crucify Christ afresh if he came to 
 them as he came to the church of old? This is a very 
 serious and a very terrible question to answer. Of 
 his ministry it is needless to write fit shows a great 
 heart full of love for every one, friends and enemies 
 as well ; He went about raising the dead, healing the 
 sick, comforting the sorrowful and converting the sin- 
 ful. Some one has said that Jesus never saw any one 
 in distress without relieving them. He traveled 
 around as a living benediction, never thinking of self 
 had not even "where to lay his head." 
 
 It is said of Ludwig Beethoven that his broth- 
 er came to visit him, and finding him out, left a card 
 bearing his name and "land proprietor" scribbled un- 
 derneath. Ludwig not to be outdone returned the 
 compliment by leaving a card at his brother's home 
 with "brain proprietor" scribbled underneath. One 
 man is proud of his land and another man of his 
 brains, but the man who is a heart proprietor, is the 
 one who lays up treasure in heaven, like the lowly 
 Jesus, he becomes the servant of his fellow man, that 
 he may minister to the necessity of those around him, 
 and, henceforth there is laid up. for him a crown of 
 righteousness. It is interesting to notice how many 
 times the expression "that the scripture might be ful- 
 filled," occurs in the gospels narrating the life of 
 Christ. Whether this expression implies fore-ordin- 
 ation or merely fore-knowledge, or both it is difficult 
 to ascertain ; but there is one thing certain and that 
 
RELIGION 
 
 57 
 
 is, we are all blindly following the lead of fate to a 
 far greater extent than we realize. This question will 
 be dealt with in another chapter. 
 
 No. 3 is the Chart of a celebrated divine known as 
 "the boy preacher," who at the age of 18 years took 
 charge of a Baptist congregation ; he began by deliv- 
 ering cottage sermons. At the age of 20 he moved to 
 Park Chapel, London, and at 27 the great Metropol- 
 itan Tabernacle was opened, with Stockwell Orphan- 
 age in connection. He also founded a pastors' college, 
 and edited a paper. His sermons were published as 
 they were delivered, and afterwards in book form, 
 many volumes being translated into foreign languages. 
 You will notice that Mercury has passed Venus in 
 the llth Sign, while he was quite young and this 
 would tend to bring him before the public early and 
 
 "THE BOY PREACHER 
 
58 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 also account for his starting as a school-teacher. Sat- 
 urn and Mars in the point between the 10th and llth 
 cause him to build an orphanage. The 4th stands 
 for building, and the 5th for children. Mars and Sat- 
 urn bring him into contact with children in trouble. 
 
 The three points which require to be strong in order 
 to become a successful minister of the Gospel are the 
 7th. Sign for Religion and Study ; the 3rd. for writ- 
 ing, and the llth. for coming into contact with the 
 public. The 3rd. also controls visiting, but some of 
 the ablest preachers do not visit much; we presume 
 visiting detracts from writing. In No 3 the strongest 
 point is his 3rd. Sign for writing; this accounts for 
 his sermons being published wholesale as they were, 
 and for his editing a paper. We do not think that 
 everyone with his horoscope would accomplish the 
 
 EMINENT AMERICAN DIVINE 
 
RELIGION 
 
 59 
 
 same work; he doubtless had inherited certain endow- 
 ments of mind and body which also contributed tow- 
 ard making him what he was. 
 
 No. 4, who was a celebrated American divine, will 
 next be considered; his 2nd. Sign is very strong. 
 Planets in the 1st. run a strong conjunction with the 
 2nd. Sign : assuming that heaven comes under the 
 2nd. Sign, we must admit that he excelled in his con- 
 ceptions of heaven, and his imagery is very beautiul 
 in many of his writings. There are several interest- 
 ing points in his horoscope. His church was de- 
 stroyed by fire three times, and he was married three 
 times, his first wife being drowned. You will notice 
 that Neptune is under very bad influences, so also is 
 Venus ; Mars and Venus run a conjunction from 
 about 30 years of age to near the end. Mars being in 
 
 f\fo. 5" 
 A GREAT EVANGELIST 
 
60 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 good company, he gains by fire; each time a more 
 beautiful church was built. When Mercury comes 
 into the 3rd. Sign, he gives himself up to traveling 
 and writing. We have not secured the exact dates, 
 so cannot give the Transits when these events took 
 place. 
 
 Passing on to No. 5, the horoscope of a celebrated 
 American evangelist, we find Saturn in his 4th. Sign 
 governing his father and mother ; his father died when 
 he was quite young, and his mother was left with 
 nine children. He worked and attended school at the 
 same time, and later when the Moon entered his 12th. 
 Sign he went to work in his uncle's shoe shop ; uncles 
 and shoes come under the 12th. Sign. Shortly after- 
 ward he opened a shop of his own, and cleared $5000 
 
 No. 6 
 
 NOTED FOREIGN MISSIONARY 
 
RELIGION 
 
 61 
 
 the 1st. year, but being" interested in Mission work 
 and being especially successful along that line, he 
 soon became the unordained pastor of a church. He 
 also had his Y. M. C. A. buildings and home destroyed 
 by fire, but rebuilt. While the Moon was in his gi- 
 gantic 1st. Sign he built a Seminary for girls, and two 
 years later a school for boys. Our chart is taken at 
 this period. He was presented with $30,000 on his 
 60th. birthday. With this he built a chapel for the 
 school. The 1st. Sign shows wonderful brain power 
 and a strong conjunction between the 1st. and 2nd. 
 should give him great fluency of speech ; moreover 
 his religious fervor was not all educated out of him 
 before he entered on his field of labor. It requires 
 more brain power to simplify religion or anything 
 else for that matter than it does to give a learned 
 
 A SUCCESSFUL PASTOR 
 
62 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 discourse. His power to simplify and elucidate re- 
 ligious doctrines and principles was wonderful. 
 
 Our next Chart, No. 6, is that of a noted foreign 
 missionary who has done a great work in the islands 
 of the sea. Mars in his 3rd. Sign shows that he has 
 encountered danger in his travels, perhaps bloodshed; 
 it also often indicates suffering from heat. Saturn 
 and the Sun in conjunction in his llth. Sign indicate 
 death to friends in a notable manner. Mercury and 
 Venus form a conjunction between his llth. and 12th. 
 Signs, giving him great success in teaching and in 
 appearing before public audiences. About the time 
 of this chart, he made a tour of America soliciting 
 aid for his work, and drew immense audiences. You 
 will find three good planets in the 12th. Sign ; these 
 should give him victory over his enemies ; they would 
 also give him success in journeys upon foot, many of 
 which he has taken. Uranus is found in the 1st. 
 Sign ; this planet frequently stands for foreigners, and 
 he married a native. By this act he gained the con- 
 fidence of the people, and opened up a field in which 
 he met with almost unprecedented success. 
 
 Our last chart, No. 7, shows the pastor of a beauti- 
 ful city church ; we know very little of his life, but 
 his planets occupy the three points usually occupied 
 in a chart of a minister of the Gospel, viz., the 1st. 
 for study, the 3rd. for writing, and the llth. for pub- 
 lic gatherings. It may be said that No. 5 had a weak 
 llth. Sign, but we must remember that a gifted sing- 
 er was associated with him during the years of his 
 greatest success, and he had a very strong llth. Sign. 
 No. 5 would draw women very strongly through his 
 1st. Sign, and he would draw students of all classes 
 through the 1st.; he should have been remarkably 
 successful among the latter, and we believe he was; 
 
RELIGION 63 
 
 his revival in Edinburgh University is evidence on 
 that point. 
 
 We have one suggestion here which should be es- 
 pecially helpful to ministers of the Gospel. A man 
 with a chart such as No. 5 shows might not require 
 to prepare his sermons. With a heavy conjunction be- 
 tween the 1st. and 2nd. Signs, he might be able to 
 open his mouth and speak as the spirit moved him. 
 Under these circumstances his address would eman- 
 ate directly from his horoscope, whereas if he had 
 prepared his discourse some time previously, and de- 
 livered it when the Moon had changed to another 
 Sign, it would come awkwardly. Ministers frequent- 
 ly select a different sermon an hour or two before en- 
 tering the pulpit; the sermon they had prepared for 
 the occasion seemed out of place, because the Moon 
 had changed. To obviate this difficulty, they should 
 keep an Ephemeris before them just as they keep a 
 calendar, and always prepare the sermon about two 
 weeks in advance, while the Moon is in the same 
 Sign in which it will be when the sermon is delivered. 
 If an old sermon is to be used, select one that fits 
 the time. Different planets may appear in that Sign 
 and that will lead them to make a few changes in it. 
 This rule also applies to lecturing, music, the stage, 
 and everything that is to be presented to a public 
 audience. If the work prepared corresponds with the 
 Sign in which the Moon stands when you come be- 
 fore an audience, you will meet with much greater 
 success than you would otherwise. It will come nat- 
 urally, spontaneously, and from the heart ; in other 
 words it will come with power, and coming with 
 power will leave a deep impression upon the audience. 
 We want to get rid of that which is merely formal 
 and mechanical. A singer may have a perfect voice, 
 and yet create no impression. You have all heard this 
 
64 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 sort of singing in a church congregation. Every- 
 thing that is worth while must have heart and soul 
 in it. In preparing this book all that falls under the 
 1st. Sign was written while the Moon was in the 1st. 
 Sign, and the other Signs the same. We found that 
 we could not succeed otherwise. 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 Education. 
 
 We feel that education in these days is being 
 handled in a manner satisfactory to all ; we should 
 like however to see a text book upon moral and civil 
 law or something of that sort to establish more ef- 
 fectually a rule of conduct for our young people. We 
 wish also to call attention to the danger of over 
 crowding in connection with education. A child who 
 has a natural talent along some particular line, as 
 most children have, should be allowed to cultivate 
 that talent even at the expense of other branches of 
 learning; and many subjects should be only taught to 
 those who have a special talent for them. We notice 
 that the men and the women who have risen to first 
 rank in the world have been largely those of whom 
 it might be said, that their schooling had been ne- 
 glected. Frequently the home is broken up by death 
 of parents, ill-health or poverty, and sometimes iso- 
 lated surroundings have interfered with educational 
 privileges, or it may be that they have been educated 
 in a private school where the teacher recognized their 
 special talents and used discretion in a choice of 
 studies. For some reason they were allowed to drift 
 along, and to concentrate their energies along a spec- 
 ial line, until they had acquired distinction. A good 
 
EDUCATION 65 
 
 all-around development and a marked special devel- 
 opment are scarcely to be expected. Rosa Bonheur, 
 Robert Burns, Herbert Spencer, Stephenson, Edison, 
 and a host of others might be mentioned to illustrate 
 the power of early special development. This is one 
 place where the poor man's son often has an advan- 
 tage over the rich. He is not burdened with a full 
 college course. "J ac ^ f a ^ trades and master of 
 none", is too often verified in actual life. 
 
 The four departments governed by the 1st. Sign, 
 religion, education, marriage, and dress, are strangely 
 mingled and intermingled with each other. It has 
 been the custom for many years for the Church to 
 solemnize marriages. We see no reason why the 
 State might not do so just as properly: the State 
 takes charge of the marriage before and after it is 
 solemnized ; it issues the license, grants divorce, pro- 
 secutes those who marry illegally, oversees the care of 
 the children, etc. This reminds us of a statement 
 made by one of our leading clergymen to the effect 
 that when the church united the parties in marriage, 
 only the church could grant divorce. Religion and 
 marriage appear to be naturally associated ; religion 
 and education also go hand in hand. When a young 
 man becomes zealous in spiritual things, and wishes 
 to enter the ministry, he is sent to spend years in 
 completing his education. Sometimes we think he 
 is educated at the expense of religion, and often loses 
 his fervor before he enters the active work of the 
 ministry. When the Gospel is sent to the heathen, 
 education is sent along with it, and often clothing 
 as well ; religion, education, and clothing thus trav- 
 eling together. Marriage and education are even 
 more frequently found hobnobbing together. Many 
 courtships are started in connection with school and 
 college life and many who are disappointed in mar- 
 
66 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 riage turn their attention to study. We would dis- 
 courage flirtation in connection with school and col- 
 lege life, although it would be rather difficult in our 
 present system of co-education, and our girls should 
 be permitted to take a university course, just the 
 same as the boys. Love-making and study coming 
 under the same sign, one detracts from the other, and 
 we would advise our young people to study first and 
 court afterward. 
 
 According to the Apostle Paul, marriage detracts 
 from religion : I Corinthians vii., 32, 33 ; and probably 
 dress detracts from marriage. We recollect a young 
 lady who made the following remark on the eve of her 
 wedding: "I don't feel as if I were going to be mar- 
 ried, I wonder what is wrong with me" ; and yet she 
 had been engaged for several years, and was marry- 
 ing the only sweet-heart she ever had. We just think 
 that her mind had been so fully pre-occupied gather- 
 ing up all sorts of finery that she had in a manner 
 forgotten the man. 
 
 Our first Chart, No. 8, is that of a professor who 
 is noted, not only as an educator, but as a writer. 
 The works by which he is best known are "Natural 
 Law in the Spiritual World" and "Love the greatest 
 thing in the world." Our Chart shows the position of 
 the planets at the time the latter was published. Some 
 men would have been getting married about this time 
 (The Moon is leaving the 1st. Sign under good influ- 
 ences) but he had long before given his life up to re- 
 ligious and educational work, hence he gives us a 
 treatise on love instead of being married. Probably 
 had he been married at this time the world would 
 never have seen this little book of which 185,000 
 copies were sold in six months. 
 
 "Natural Law in the Spiritual World" was pub- 
 lished while the Moon was in the 3rd. and 4th. Signs. 
 
EDUCATION 
 
 67 
 
 It also had a very large circulation, and 21 books and 
 pamphlets were written criticising it. He succeeded 
 in making a little stir in the world, and he is just 
 as highly respected today as before these criticisms 
 were published. Seventeen biographies were written 
 of him after his death. He was professor of natural 
 sciences in Edinburgh University, and had the honor 
 of teaching students from all parts of the world ; 
 being very much loved by the students and his college 
 associates. It is said that he had a sunny disposition 
 and a nobility of character that attracted all men to 
 him. "The Greatest Thing in the World" gives us 
 the key to his character. He is a plain and pointed 
 writer, and everyone should read this little volume. 
 Such passages as the following are well worth mem- 
 orizing: "What makes a man a good athlete? Prac- 
 
 PROFESSOR OF NATURAL SCIENCE 
 
68 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 tice." What makes a man a good man? Practice." 
 During his last illness, which was very trying, 
 he said to a friend, "I cannot shake hands, but I have 
 a good story for you." He was noted for geniality 
 and cheerfulness. He was a man who was brilliant 
 socially, and yet he loved the quiet places of the earth. 
 His nature studies led him to travel in many obscure 
 places. Uranus and Saturn in the 3rd. and 4th. favor 
 the study of Natural Science. Assuming as we do 
 that Saturn rules the Earth, and Uranus rules the air, 
 plant life derives all nourishment from these two 
 sources. 
 
 There is another point, in connection with plant 
 life and in relation to color, that seems to be worth 
 investigating. There are three primary colors : red, 
 blue, and yellow. All other colors, so far as we know, 
 may be derived from these. Mars we believe gov- 
 erns red, Saturn yellow, and Uranus blue. Our main 
 reason for believing that Mars governs red is the fact 
 that the planet is of a reddisft color; then we know 
 that Mars governs bloodshed and fire. It is also be- 
 lieved that this color stimulates a fighting spirit. "A 
 red rag to a bull" is a well known expression. The 
 fact that plants in a dark, closed place grow yellow 
 instead of green, connects yellow with the earth. 
 When they are exposed to the air, they draw the blue 
 element from the air and the blue combines with the 
 yellow to form green. Blue is the only color we can 
 connect with the air. Mountains in the distance ap- 
 pear blue. A clear sky appears blue, and water at a 
 distance appears blue ; this is the blue of the air. 
 Water itself is not blue any more than mountains 
 are blue. Here we have a foundation for the study of 
 color. These few hints have been given in connection 
 with natural science, as we will not have space for a 
 special chapter on color. Nearly all coloring matter 
 
EDUCATION 
 
 69 
 
 is derived from plant life, or low forms of animal 
 life. It strikes one at first as strange that these beau- 
 tiful colors which form the foundation of all color de- 
 rive their beauty from the influences of what we call 
 the bad planets: Uranus, Saturn, and Mars, and yet 
 we must remember that plant life feeds on the corrup- 
 tion and demoralization of animal life. Plant life 
 does not require any pure food laws in order to 
 thrive. Decay and putrefaction provide the elements 
 out of which these beautiful blossoms and softly 
 tinted leaves are formed. This view of the subject 
 throws light upon what would otherwise appear mys- 
 terious to the student. Plant life demands the demor- 
 alization of animal life. We believe that animals 
 come under planetary influence much the same as 
 
 No. 9 
 
 PRESIDENT OF A UNIVERSITY 
 
70 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 human beings, although want of space prevents our 
 opening up this branch of the subject. 
 
 Chart No. 9 is that of another student of Natural 
 Science. He was born on Jan. 19, 1851, and No. 8 on 
 Aug. 17, 1851, about six months later. This brings 
 them practically under the same Sign, and conse- 
 quently there is a striking similarity between the 
 horoscopes of the two men. Mars removed to the 
 12th. in the latter relieves conditions for health and 
 accident, in his horoscope, and gives him a greater 
 interest in animals and war, and all that pertains to 
 the 12th. Sign. He has been interested in the Alaskan 
 fisheries, and has made a specialty of Zoology in his 
 Scientific research. Venus and the Moon standing 
 between the 4th. and 5th. Signs lead him to take* an 
 interest in "Eugenics, or the art of being well born". 
 
 AN EMINENT HISTORIAN 
 
EDUCATION 
 
 71 
 
 the 4th. Sign standing for parents and the 5th. for 
 children. Mercury coming into conjunction with the 
 Sun and Mars between the 12th. and 1st. and oppo- 
 site a large conjunction in the Transits leads him 
 travel, speak, and write in connection with the War 
 topic. He has been for a number of years President 
 of one of the most richly endowed Universities in the 
 world, and might be reclining in the lap of luxury, 
 but he still feels the weight of suffering humanity 
 upon his shoulders. 
 
 In No. 10 we have a distinguished British, Cana- 
 dian historian, who made himself famous or in- 
 famous by advocating the annexation of Canada to 
 the United States; a writer of history, teacher of his- 
 tory, and maker of history. His 12th. Sign is very 
 strong. At first sight this reminds us of a story told 
 
 jfe-'il 
 
 A TITLED ASTRONOMER 
 
72 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 of a little boy who was asked by his teacher if he did 
 not believe in war. "No," said he "war, makes his- 
 tory, and there is more history than I can study now." 
 There is more truth than poetry in the child's remark ; 
 the study of history means the continuous recital of 
 wars and conflicts between the nations, hence the 
 strong 12th. Sign in the horoscope before us. His 
 3rd. and 4th. stand for reading and writing and the 
 12th. for war also political and social reforms. All 
 his planets stand at these two points. He is known 
 to be a man who was not afraid to express his views 
 on any subject. 
 
 No. 11 is a famous English astronomer, who bears a 
 title. His father was a naturalist and doubtless he 
 inherited a taste for a more mysterious branch of na- 
 ture study, that of the heavens. We find Venus and 
 
 No. 12 
 
 BLIND, DEAF, AND DUMB 
 
EDUCATION 
 
 73 
 
 Mercury and the Moon forming a conjunction with 
 Uranus, Saturn and Mars in the 4th. Sign. From 
 the account of the Creation we decided that astron- 
 omy came under the 4th. Sign. Other astronomers 
 we find with a strong 4th. The 4th. Sign we believe 
 gives Mathematical ability and this is very essential 
 to the successful study of astronomy. 
 
 This great scientist has published about twelve 
 works on astronomy and has been President of the 
 Royal Astronomical Society and Director of the Ob- 
 servatory. 
 
 In No. 12., we have a teacher blind, deaf and dumb. 
 One would wonder how she could impart instruction 
 to any one, and yet she taught in a school for the 
 blind. It is thought she might have been taught the 
 art of speech had the method followed later been 
 
 TALENTED PRIMARY TEACHER 
 
74 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 understood. Despite her severe affliction, it is said 
 by those who knew her that she enjoyed life as much 
 or more than most persons do. The loss of her senses 
 was due to an attack of scarlet fever when she was 
 scarcely more than two years of age. Uranus and 
 Saturn in close conjunction with the Sun in the 2nd. 
 Sign near the 1st. caused the trouble. Neptune also 
 comes into the conjunction. Great care should be 
 taken in prescribing medicine for those who have Nep- 
 tune in a bad position. Danger from all liquids is 
 indicated. 
 
 Our last Chart, No 13, is that of a successful lady 
 teacher in a city school. At the time this Chart is 
 taken, Venus and Murcury form a conjunction in her 
 1st. Sign; Mars however is in the 1st. and she lost 
 her husband early in life. He died suddenly and she 
 was left with a boy; her llth. Sign being especially 
 good the boy proved to be a great comfort to her. 
 Her llth. Sign also gives her success with children 
 in school work. Her 3rd. is ominous ; brothers and 
 sisters come under the 3rd. sign and she cared for an 
 invalid sister for many years in addition to her school 
 work. Hers is one of those useful lives, which doubt- 
 less has treasure laid up in heaven. For common 
 school work the 1st. and llth. are the drawing Signs. 
 A teacher and an actress draw on the same points 
 and the work is in many respects similar. In higher 
 education other points come in. We have given ex- 
 amples in Natural Science, Zoology, History and As- 
 tronomy. We should like to give many others. It 
 is a notable fact that President Wilson formerly of 
 Princeton, President Hadley of Yale and President 
 Lowell of Harvard were all born in the same year and 
 have similar horoscopes. 
 
DRESS 75 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 Dress. 
 
 We make no distinction between men and women 
 from an astrological standpoint. If any distinction 
 should be made we have not discerned the fact; each 
 is subject to like temptations and endowed with like 
 intellectual gifts. There are distinct differences in 
 the appearance and habits of the two sexes, but these 
 we attribute to physical peculiarities. 
 
 In order to elucidate planetary influence in the mat- 
 ter of dress let us regard Aries as the 1st. Sign. Tau- 
 rus the 2nd. Gemini the 3rd. and so on ; Aries then 
 will govern the upper part of the head, Taurus the 
 lower ; Gemini the shoulders, and hands. In 1908 
 Saturn entered Aries : Saturn is a cold planet and 
 leads to wearing thin clothing or laying the skin bare. 
 Mars is a warm planet and leads to wearing warm 
 clothing frequently choosing red as a color. A con- 
 junction of Mars and Saturn leads to such eccentric- 
 ities as wearing a fur collar around the neck, and ex- 
 posing the bare throat and chest to the chilly air, as 
 you see women doing occasionally. Conjunctions of 
 Mars and Saturn bring on epidemics of la grippe, 
 influenza and pneumonia, induced by sudden changes 
 of temperature ; being: over-heated and then exposed 
 to a chill. The body will stand heat or cold but sud- 
 den changes from heat to cold are dangerous. We 
 mention this fact here as we will probably not be in 
 a position to devote a chapter to disease. 
 
 Saturn in Aries governing the upper part of the 
 head, led women to adopt the practice of traveling 
 with their heads uncovered, and sitting in public 
 places with their hats removed. In 1909 Jupiter came 
 into conjunction with Saturn in Aries, and Jupiter 
 
76 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 being the largest planet led women to adopt the large 
 hat as a head covering. Saturn in Aries and Taurus 
 also led men to shave off their beards and women to 
 dope with powder to excess; for Saturn rules death 
 and anything that gives a deathly appearance to the 
 face. Saturn has passed on, and the word has gone 
 forth that powder closes up the pores of the skin and 
 is injurious; and so it is not so extensively used. 
 Doubtless someone will proclaim the fact that a man 
 is not at his best without a beard and the beard will 
 be allowed to grow again. When Saturn enters the 
 3rd Sign ladies adopt the style of wearing their 
 dresses very low around the neck and short sleeves, 
 but when this planet enters the 4th, it comes into 
 conjunction with the Sun in the 5th. The Sun always 
 stands in the 5th, controlling the region of the heart. 
 The Sun near the change between the 4th and 5th, 
 runs a conjunction with all planets in these two 
 Signs. Tight-lacing comes under the Sun conjunc- 
 tions, and in our opinion women have no room to 
 throw slurs at men for any foolish habit in which 
 they indulge, until they abandon this reprehensible 
 practice. Neither a woman's muscles nor her vital 
 organs can maintain a normal condition under the 
 pressure of steels. Some women say they cannot 
 live without them, and if that is the case, it is a sign 
 that they have been injured by them. The muscles 
 become weakned to such an extent that some sup- 
 port is necessary. Women should have the same 
 freedom in wearing apparel as men. The close fitting 
 waist is neither beautiful nor comfortable. A cos- 
 tume that is graceful and convenient, and does not 
 demand the use of steel, is the only rational cos- 
 tume to adopt. It is of the utmost importance that a 
 woman's muscles should have full play and should 
 grow strong with abundant freedom and healthful 
 
DRESS 77 
 
 exercise. \Y A e also believe that scant, tight-fitting 
 clothing or partial dishabille are not conducive to the 
 highest morality nor the purest, most beautiful sen- 
 timentality. Angels are not represented attired thus, 
 and the pictures which are associated with the pure 
 and holy life of Christ show the beautiful, artistic, 
 flowing robes of the Jewish and Roman countries. 
 
 We recollect hearing a talented elocutionist recite 
 a story from the life of Christ. The selection was 
 well rendered, and she was an attractive looking 
 young lady, but her costume appeared entirely out of 
 place; it might have been suitable for a dance hall. 
 The neck was low, sleeves about three inches in 
 length, waist close fitting, skirt close fitting, about 
 two yards in width, and scarcely reaching the shoe- 
 tops. There seemed to be something so utterly in- 
 congruous about the situation, that the effect pro- 
 duced was very bad. The Sun conjunction governs 
 the limbs above the ankles as coming opposite the 
 heart. This conjunction runs very strong at the pres- 
 ent time, and the tendency seems to be to show up 
 that part of the anatomy at any cost. Even men turn 
 their trousers at the bottom and pull them up when 
 they sit down, to exhibit their fancy hosiery. The feet 
 should be allowed all possible freedom as they stand 
 opposite to the stomach, and are consequently in- 
 timately connected with this organ. Sandal effects 
 would be very desirable, particularly in warm cli- 
 mates. Much might be said regarding the present de- 
 testable skirt worn by women, but we must remem- 
 ber that many women wear it under protest. Many 
 find it almost a necessity to go to the ready made 
 clothing store and buy what they require. When 
 they do, they must either wear a regulation narrow 
 skirt, or hunt all over town for goods to match, and 
 take it to a dressmaker, paying almost a double price 
 
78 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 for their purchase. Most women wear them as they 
 buy them, but many wear them under protest, and 
 many would not wear them if they could see them- 
 selves as others see them. Coming down to facts, 
 the manufacturers design all the styles, and are ex- 
 ploiting the health, decency and comfort of all wo- 
 mankind, for the sake of the immense profits which 
 are made by them. 
 
 Remember, only about one-half the material is re- 
 quired that was used a few years ago when pleated 
 skirts were worn, and you have to pay the same price 
 for a suit. Three yards of material at $2.00 per yard 
 gives them a premium of $6.00 on a suit. Why not 
 make the skirts narrow and short, the sleeves short, 
 and the neck low? It all helps to swell the coffers of 
 the manufacturers and to create millionaires, a com- 
 modity which is becoming every day more plentiful 
 in this money cursed earth. Don't forget when you 
 are crushing your body into a suit that is too narrow, 
 or too short, that you are doing this to help some poor 
 millionaire along ; doubtless he will be very grateful 
 to you. We hear some nice people speak of Adam 
 and Eve as being naked before the fall, even hinting 
 that clothing and wickedness are counterparts. We 
 have very little knowledge of the condition of Adam 
 and Eve before the fall, but we know that God made 
 coats of skin for them after the fall, and that should 
 settle the matter of clothing with us. The best living 
 persons are those who dress modestly. Lack of mod- 
 esty in wearing apparel has always been associated 
 with the doings of the underworld. The first step 
 towards reforming these unfortunates should be to in- 
 sist upon modest, inconspicuous wearing apparel. 
 This is another instance of reaching the cause from 
 the effect. Much has been said regarding a uniform 
 for schools and colleges, and we believe that such a 
 
DRESS 79 
 
 course would be very beneficial to girl students and 
 boys as well. Girls give far too much attention to 
 their clothes, and boys give far too much attention to 
 girls. If girls were all dressed alike, they would not 
 attract so much attention, and they would not spend 
 so much valuable time planning up some new thing 
 in dress. Education, dress, and flirtation all come 
 under the same sign, and if you want education to 
 flourish, cut out the other two as far as possible. Any 
 one of these detracts strongly from the others. Re- 
 ligion also comes under the same sign, and we be- 
 lieve dress detracts from religion. Ask any minister 
 of the gospel who is the greatest saint in his Church, 
 and he will almost invariably point to some plain un- 
 pretentious person who just puts on enough style to 
 pass in a crowd. Those who dress elaborately are 
 more liable to attend church for the purpose of show- 
 ing themselves, than to attend it in a true devotional 
 spirit. It would not be half so objectionable to dress 
 elaborately at a theatre or a party. These occasions 
 are in a manner, dress occasions, and dress does not 
 detract from anything important connected with them, 
 in church and school however dress should be neat 
 and becoming, but not elaborate, a uniform costume 
 preferable. 
 
 If women are to keep pace with men in intellectual 
 development they must dress more sensibly. The av- 
 erage man spends not more than an hour a month on 
 his clothing; he just drops into a clothing house or 
 visits a tailor occasionally and there it ends. Compare 
 this with the brain energy and time spent by women 
 on their many elaborate costumes. We would not for 
 one moment advocate the adoption of masculine dress 
 by women ; we see no reason why they might not 
 have a few frills and furbelows ; it is extravagance 
 and craze for change to which we object. 
 
80 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 Men get new ideas, and women get new clothes. If 
 women are to assist in the reformation of the world, 
 they must cut out a few of their extravagances in 
 dress and social functions; as we have said before 
 time and brain energy are frittered away on these 
 things. 
 
 No. 14 was a successful saleslady, who went into 
 a ladies suit department, and drew heavy sales with 
 little or no previous experience. You will notice that 
 the 1st. Sign, governing dress is good, and that Jupiter 
 and the Sun stand on each side of her money sign. 
 To be a good salesman, you should draw money 
 strongly. What you draw for yourself you draw for 
 your employer. Certainly the lady with this horo- 
 scope would not work cheaply; the more she drew 
 the more she would want for herself. Through a bad 
 
 A SUCCESSFUL SALESLADY 
 
DRESS 81 
 
 position of Venus, in the traveling sign her husband 
 died while traveling and she went to meet the body. 
 He left a large sum through insurance and she gave 
 up her position and went on a trip. Probably she 
 would spend a lot of money before she settled down. 
 All her bad planets are in the 3rd. and 4th. It is one 
 thing to get money and another to keep it. 
 
 For Boots and Shoes, you should have a good 12th. 
 Hosiery good llth. and 12th., Underwear 10th., Gloves 
 9th., Jewelry 8th., Hats and suits 7th. In selecting 
 Xmas presents for friends you usually buy something 
 that falls under the sign in which the Moon stands in 
 the person's horoscope. If it is in the 1st. Sign you 
 would buy a book or something for the head and so on. 
 
82 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 t- Love and Marriage. 
 
 This question announced, every one will want to 
 know what hope there is for the solution of the mar- 
 riage and divorce question. We wish we could give 
 them a formula for happy mating, and turn the world's 
 greatest battle ground into a veritable fairy-land, 
 Avhere love and happiness reigned, and the wail of the 
 martyr was never heard ! 
 
 We fear however that we cannot do this. Marriage 
 troubles will be like seed time and harvest, they will 
 endure until time shall be no more, for anything we 
 can see. Those who have bad planets in 1st. and 7th. 
 Signs must expect trouble connected with these Signs 
 in some form. We will tell you however what you 
 can do when you find that marriage is not prospering 
 in your hands. Uranus, Saturn and Mars, the planets 
 which we consider detrimental in the marriage rela- 
 tion, are quite otherwise in the pursuance of intel- 
 lectual attainments. Uranus gives originality, Saturn 
 imparts depth, and Mars argumentative power, all of 
 which become essential when applied to intellectual 
 pursuits. This view of the question explains the fact 
 that so many literary men and women of note, have 
 had difficulties in the marriage relation. Don't be 
 discouraged; there is a place for every one in the 
 world, where he can be successful if he looks for it. 
 Some one will say, you are discouraging marriage, 
 and the race will die out; No danger! Better reduce 
 the numbers until we have a better place for little 
 folks to live in. We recollect a small boy who said 
 to his mother. "The only thing I have against you 
 Mama is because you borned me." If all the children 
 feel that way better leave them where they are. This 
 
LOVE; AND MARRIAGE 83 
 
 is no joke ; few persons get through the world without 
 wishing many times that they had never been born. 
 
 Someone will want to know which is the best way 
 to marry ; they will w r ant to know whether cupid or 
 eugenics will make the best match. In our opinion, 
 eugenics never made and never will make a match. 
 We think there is always more or less love in every 
 marriage ; and some of the most disastrous marriages 
 seem to have a good share of love in them. We rec- 
 ollect a case where a man and woman were divorced; 
 the man had treated his wife very cruelly, striking 
 her on the head, and endangering her life by frequent 
 acts of violence; he also used very abusive language. 
 This would not seem so strange in a man who became 
 intoxicated, but he did not drink. Following the sep- 
 aration, he wrote a long letter to her almost every 
 evening, pleading with her to come back to him. but 
 she replied that she never could place confidence in 
 him again. One clay, as we met him on the street, 
 he spoke of his former wife and asked if we thought 
 she would ever come back to him ; we replied, that it 
 appeared to be absolutely certain they never could live 
 together, and he should go and forget it. He answered, 
 "I never can forget her," and his eyes filled with 
 tears, as he turned away. We have not secured his 
 horoscope, but probably Venus and Mars were placed 
 in the 1st. Sign. Love one minute, and war the next. 
 These persons would have the same luck in marrying 
 another party, unless the planets in the marriage sign 
 had changed, or the trouble took some other form. 
 Some have been very happily married with Mars in 
 the 1st. Sign but it has ended in sudden death. 
 
 We should never advise any one with regard to 
 marrying; they will get what their Sign draws, but 
 if they find things going badly we would advise them 
 
84 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 to give it up. Never mind what the world thinks of 
 it. The world hasn't got the place to fill and you have. 
 So many struggle on, hoping to right the wrong, or to 
 cover up what may appear as a disgrace, until they 
 have more than wasted many years of a valuable life. 
 It may be that teachers and clergymen are in a meas- 
 ure exempt from these troubles. Religion and educa- 
 tion coming under the 7th. Sign may draw from mar- 
 riage troubles. One would think that ministers were 
 exempt considering the harsh judgment they give on 
 the divorce question, and the peculiar views expressed 
 by them. One of our leading ministers gave a series 
 of sermons on divorce recently, and he stated that in 
 his opinion married persons were divorced when they 
 ceased to love each other ; and if they continued to live 
 together they were committing sin; he also stated 
 that he would not allow them to remarry. Such a law 
 as that would produce more disbanded homes than 
 anything else; and stray children. There should be 
 no more disgrace attached to a divorce than is attach- 
 ed to any broken up partnership. So far as re-mar- 
 age goes, a divorced person is either married or he is 
 not married ; there can be no half way ground ; if he 
 is married he should be able to produce his partner; 
 if he is not married then he should be free to marry. 
 Concerning the marriage vow : when it is broken by 
 one party it becomes null and void, the same as any 
 other contract. We do not approve of the wording of 
 the marriage ceremony. Someone objects to the word 
 obey in the ceremony, but a lady truthfully remarks 
 that she might be able to obey a man when she could 
 not love and honor him ; love and honor cannot be 
 manufactured to order. You may treat a person with 
 kindness and a certain degree of respect, but love 
 and honor that come from the heart must be won and 
 
LOVB AND MARRIAGE 85 
 
 held by merit in the other party to the contract. The 
 marriage ceremony may be beautiful and sentimental, 
 but it is not sane. Many a man goes to the altar and 
 repeats the words, "With all my worldly goods I 
 thee endow," and then his wife has to beg every 
 nickel she gets for carfare. Some such sentiment as 
 the following would in our estimation be more rat- 
 ional ; many appropriate forms might be written : 
 
 I. Believing that, although we are not wholly re- 
 sponsible for thoughts and feelings, we are respons- 
 ible for words and actions, we pledge each other that 
 we will refrain from abuse as being barbarous and 
 wholly unnecessary. 
 
 Realizing that cause and effect act and react upon 
 each other we believe that guarding words and acts 
 will go a long way toward controlling thought and 
 feeling. 
 
 II. We each pledge ourselves to pass no remarks 
 in the absence of the other that might not be made 
 with perfect courtesy in his or her presence. 
 
 III. We realize that it is the small leak in the dyke 
 that must be guarded if we are to avert the calamity 
 of a great flood. We therefore pledge ourselves to 
 act in a straightforward, truthful manner toward 
 each other, concealing nothing that might in the fu- 
 ture lead to disagreement, and plucking the weeds as 
 fast as they appear in the garden of love. 
 
 IV. If, for reasons known or unknown, one par- 
 ty to the contract fails, and continues to fail to re- 
 spond to the affection of the other, after all reason- 
 able measures have been resorted to, then each shall 
 go their own way, realizing that the great talisman 
 without which no true union can exist has fled. 
 
86 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 A flickering light, or a brilliant flame : 
 It came unbidden, and it leaves the same. 
 From whence it came, and whither it goes. 
 Everyone wonders, but no one knows. 
 
 We are not presenting the wording of these clauses 
 as a work of art, but we believe that this is about as 
 far as a marriage contract can be made binding. We 
 would have a special contract made for each couple, 
 covering business and other complications that might 
 exist. 
 
 As the marriage ceremony now stands, there are no 
 specific duties mentioned, and the vows are of such 
 a character that they might as well not exist. If the 
 clause, "With all my worldly goods I thee endow", 
 was changed to something more rational, a man 
 might be made to regard it as a serious vow. 
 
 Most couples who have been divorced have lived 
 together much longer than they should have done. 
 As soon as the crime of abuse seems inevitable, the 
 separation should take place. If one party has a fixed 
 determination to secure divorce, it is quite evident 
 that something is seriously wrong ; if both parties are 
 so inclined the fact is doubly evident. In our esti- 
 mation it is quite unnecessary for the court to inquire 
 into all the details of the trouble ; the result is the 
 same in the end, and holding a couple together is only 
 placing a premium on sin, and compelling a condition 
 of things that is daily leading to greater wrong doing. 
 If couples were divorced as we suggest, we do not be- 
 lieve there would be a single divorcee added to the 
 list. Once the parties have reached the point of ap- 
 plying for a decree, it comes to that in the end, and 
 often there are more children to be provided for, and 
 lives ruined in a hopeless entanglement. Misunder- 
 standings may occur, but there is ample opportunity 
 
LOVE AND MARRIAGE 87 
 
 for these to get straightened out when the parties are 
 living under the same roof; there must be something 
 more serious than that. The law as it stands places 
 a premium on crime. A couple applies for divorce : 
 'What have they done?" inquires the Judge. Have 
 they attempted murder, or broken the 7th Command- 
 ment? No. Have they hurled rolling pins and flat 
 irons at each other? No. Have they flung abusive 
 epithets at one another? No. Well, they had better 
 go back and try it over again ; when they have learned 
 to do one or all of these things they will be granted 
 divorce. The Judge does not say this, but these are 
 the facts of the case. We would put some such ques- 
 tion as this to the applicants. Have you exhausted ev- 
 ery known resource in your endeavor to live in peace 
 and harmony and to provide such a home for your 
 children as children should have? If the answer is 
 in the affirmative, the divorce should be granted. 
 There should be no such thing as waiting until the 
 devil has taken complete possession of the home be- 
 fore relief is afforded. 
 
 Much has been said in the churches regarding the 
 attitude of Christ toward divorce. Matthew xix. :9 is 
 quoted, and the corresponding passage in Mark x. : 
 11, 12 is also quoted. These passages do not agree; 
 in one Christ is represented as allowing those who are 
 divorced for certain reasons to remarry, and in the 
 other none would be allowed to remarry. We must 
 remember that these are not the words of Christ ; two 
 men who heard him gave their version of what they 
 understood him to say on the subject ; either there 
 is a mistake in recording the conversation, or in trans- 
 lating from the original ; they cannot both be the 
 exact words of Christ. The mistake has crept in and 
 it doubtless has its purpose and its fulfillment. As 
 religion and marriage come under the same sign, a 
 
88 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 bad marriage sign would also be bad for religion, and 
 a break with the church would be a natural astrologi- 
 cal consequence. In the person of John Wesley we 
 have one who had both marriage and church troubles, 
 and they were very severe at the time, and yet years 
 after his death he was regarded as the greatest saint 
 of his time. We presume that his memory is ruled 
 by astrological conditions and that the bad influences 
 in his first sign have passed off. Joan of Arc was 
 burned as a witch and canonized as a saint many 
 years after her death. We should do what is right ac- 
 cording to our own judgment and God will take care 
 of the result. 
 
 Someone may wish to know how you fall in love, 
 and what part the planets take in these mysterious 
 occurrences. There is a time for falling in love. We 
 once heard a lady say that she fell in love with her 
 husband three years after they were married ; we 
 presume the Moon struck her marriage sign at that 
 time. Another tells us that she fell in love just be- 
 fore the wedding, on being presented with a boquet 
 of flowers. Venus, the beautifier of the earth and 
 goddess of love, was evidently present. A man 
 should fall in love before he asks a woman to marry 
 him. In traveling you will notice that couples be- 
 come very spoony when the Moon is in conjunction 
 with Venus, and there are many conditions in the 
 horoscope which tend toward falling in love. A 
 combination of these may result in giving us a strong 
 dose, and if the influences are good it may result in 
 a whirlwind courtship and marriage ; but if they are 
 not good, it may result in a serious disappointment. 
 Men and women have often considered themselves 
 exempt from these things, but when the time came, 
 and all the conditions that made for falling in love got 
 
LOVE AND MARRIAGE 89 
 
 piled up in a heap, they discovered their mistake. 
 Those who have been exempt for a long time are the 
 ones who are most likely to get a strong dose when 
 it comes. Venus changes once in 20 years, and a 
 change of Venus, particularly entering or leaving the 
 1st or llth Signs, renders the subject more susceptible 
 to such influences. Sometimes Mercury or the Moon 
 or both change in conjunction with Venus, and this 
 adds strongly to the influence of Venus. Those run- 
 ning a strong 1st or llth Sign are subject to deep im- 
 pressions, and if both signs are strong, they have a 
 nature that is highly emotional. The Transits also 
 have their influence, the Moon and Earth in the 1st 
 and llth Signs, particularly if Venus or many other 
 planets form a conjunction with them, greatly in- 
 creases the susceptibility of the subject. Many plan- 
 ets changing between Signs causes the horoscope to 
 work very powerfully, for everything that is indicated 
 in it good or bad. It is quite possible as we have said 
 before for all these conditions to occur at one and the 
 same time. "The time, the place, and the girl" is no 
 joke. The person for whom you form an attachment 
 is described by the planets in your horoscope; if 
 only good planets appear in the 5th and llth Signs 
 and Venus is found in conjunction with good planets, 
 then the attachment formed should be a very fortun- 
 ate one. More frequently, however, we find good and 
 bad planets intermingled, particularly if the influences 
 are very strong. Mars indicates quarreling, Saturn 
 places hindrances in the way, and produces alliances 
 with elderly persons, Uranus love affairs with mar- 
 ried persons ; these are merely examples of such influ- 
 ence. In view of the fact that love is a matter of 
 time more than anything else and that at some stages 
 of our experience we are liable to be helplessly 
 
 7 
 
90 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 plunged into a love affair without our consent of fore- 
 knowledge, we should be careful of our environment; 
 for example, such familiarity as is allowed in dancing 
 is very unwise and entirely uncalled for, although 
 dancing should be a very pleasant and healthful rec- 
 reation if a little more common sense were applied to 
 it. 
 
 These things are no joke ; half the murders and sui- 
 cides, not saying anything about cases of insanity, 
 are due to just such conditions. We don't refer to 
 light fancies, and mere physical sentiment; we refer 
 to the overpowering, deep seated, ever present, soul 
 penetrating affection, that cannot be thrown off at 
 will, but rather igrows with years ; that affection which 
 haunts the subject night and day, and makes him to 
 feel that he cannot live apart from the object of his 
 love. A lady once wrote to a newspaper for advice 
 as to what she should do in the matter of having fal- 
 len in love with a married man, and those who at- 
 tempted to advise her seemed to be quite as helpless 
 as the questioner. The girl stated that she had done 
 all in her power to break up the attachment, and al- 
 though she did not see him for a year, her condition 
 remained unchanged; such experiences are far too 
 common. Venus left to herself would make nought 
 but happy matches, but Venus often runs a conjunc- 
 tion with other planets. What is falling in love any- 
 way? Some would say it is forming a soul union, oth- 
 ers would say it is a species of hypnotism, and yet it 
 does not answer to the definition of either. A union 
 implies two parties acquiescing, and in this case the 
 experience may be entirely on one side. How often 
 it happens that one person falls desperately in love 
 with another, who experiences no sensation and is 
 conscious of no change in his attitude toward the 
 person who loves him. Two persons seldom fall in 
 
LOVE AND MARRIAGE 91 
 
 love at the same time ; one usually precedes the other. 
 It would be difficult to find persons whose horo- 
 scopes correspond so exactly, and if you could 
 they would not attract each other; opposites attract. 
 That is an essential law of nature, the object being 
 to effect a proper balance in the coming generation; 
 the weak points in one .should be the strong points 
 in the other. 
 
 We have found that falling in love is not a soul 
 union, at least until two parties acquiesce in it, neith- 
 er is it hypnotism, a hypnotist can usually undo his 
 work ; it resembles photography more nearly than 
 anything else of which we can think. When 
 the time conies Venus adjusts the machinery, and 
 takes a flash-light picture, and someone goes away 
 with the image of another person on his soul. The 
 person who was photographed may not be conscious 
 of any sensation, any more than you are when the 
 photographer turns his camera upon you. The 
 strength of the impression depends upon the strength 
 of the conditions existing in the horoscope, but the 
 person photographed becomes as it were a part of 
 yourself without whom you are undone ; seeming to 
 be ever present with you, haunting you night and day. 
 Years may pass, the winds of adversity and the scald- 
 ing tears of sorrow, may wash up against the picture, 
 and yet it is there; firing the brain until it becomes 
 like a great steam-engine swelling to the bursting 
 point with emotion. However, if we knew what to 
 do with all this pent-up emotion it would not be so 
 bad, but most men or women when they find that the 
 person with whom they have fallen in love is not re- 
 sponsive, become discouraged and morose, perhaps 
 place a loaded revolver to their heads or jump off a 
 bridge; the former being suggested by Mars, and the 
 latter by Uranus and Neptune. Mars governs fire- 
 
92 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 arms, Uranus falling, and Neptune the water. If 
 these persons only knew that this pent-up emotion 
 was the very thing that they make poets, novelists, 
 artists, musicians, etc. out of, they might be able to 
 accomplish something in the world. How often sui- 
 cides write beautiful letters and compose beautiful 
 poetry before the last great act in the drama of life. . 
 Often the greatest relief you can find, when things are 
 going wrong, and your mind is in a turmoil, anu your 
 burden seems greater than you can bear is to sit 
 down and write, write until you feel a sense of relief, 
 even if it takes you two days ; better that than com- 
 mit suicide, even if the writing counts for nothing. 
 The world's most beautiful poetry and prose were 
 written while the author was in just such a frame of 
 mind ; if you realized that this turbulent and highly 
 emotional state of mind was just the thing that would 
 give you power to stir the world by song or verse, 
 or in a thousand other ways, you might be more easily 
 reconciled to your lot. We have made a close study 
 of this phase of the question and believe that we can 
 guarantee the truth of the assertion that unrequited 
 love has been one of the leading agencies in stirring 
 men's souls to deeds of greatness in the world. Paint- 
 ing, music, science, or any other form of study re- 
 lieves pressure on the brain. 
 
 When we appeal to the Bible for light upon the 
 question of marriage it is not forthcoming. In old 
 testament times men married as many wives as they 
 cared to take. Jacob married two and lived with them. 
 The children of Israel could boast of four mothers all 
 living; Solomon, another man approved by God, had 
 many wives. Wlien the ten commandments were 
 given to Moses, man was forbidden to covet his neigh- 
 bor's wife, and the seventh commandment forbade 
 
LOVE AND MARRIAGE 93 
 
 the committing of adultery. Just what constituted 
 the committing of adultery, it is pretty difficult to de- 
 termine, but throughout the old testament it seems 
 to be confined to a man having illicit relations with 
 his neighbor's wife. The new testament explana- 
 tion covers evil thoughts as well as actions. Mat- 
 thew Henry tells us that men were allowed to di- 
 vorce their wives in these times, so that they would 
 not kill them when they hated them. Human nature 
 is the same from the beginning to the end. In new 
 testament times the one wife idea prevailed to a great- 
 er extent, and in our days, economic conditions neces- 
 sitate the enforcement of strict rules regarding mar- 
 riage ; and yet in some countries a man may have as 
 many wives as he wishes. It is said of a certain king 
 that he is obliged to marry every girl who asks him, 
 and the story goes that he got a suffragist in ; you can 
 imagine the result. God is the same God that he was 
 in Jacob's time, and that which is wrong now, was 
 wrong then. Strict marriage laws are not so much a 
 question of right and wrong, as they are a question 
 of economic necessity. There are many men who 
 cannot, or do not even support one wife in the pres- 
 ent straightened condition of affairs. A higher civil- 
 ization also leads to more acute feeling, and few men 
 or women would tolerate living under the same roof 
 with a rival, or living under another roof if they could 
 avoid such a condition. There are moral require- 
 ments, and legal requirements, and it takes them all 
 to keep the world straight, and then some. Stringent 
 marriage laws are a necessity, and divorce laws also 
 seem to be a necessity. Divorce is like war, we wish 
 it could be brought to an end, but we do not believe 
 it could be done. Whatever the new testament 
 teaches regarding divorce, it certainly advocates the 
 relief of suffering in every possible way. Christ, our 
 
94 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 great exemplar, never witnessed suffering without re- 
 lieving it. We must regard the spirit of the Bible as 
 greater than the letter, and strive in all things to cul- 
 tivate that spirit. 
 
 After writing the preceding lines, we accidentally 
 struck a book on "Marriage and Divorce," and read it 
 through, or practically so, before leaving it. The au- 
 thor was a clergyman, officiating in a church opposed 
 to divorce, and he would wipe it out entirely. He ad- 
 mitted that God allowed men in old testament times 
 to marry as many wives as they wished, but he 
 claimed that we were not allowed the same privilege. 
 We believe that God is the same God, and man is 
 much the same man, that he was in the time of Jacob ; 
 and that God is not interfering in the matter. Mar- 
 riage and divorce laws are human made, and are 
 enacted according to what are deemed to be the neces- 
 sities of the case. They differ very materially in dif- 
 ferent states and countries. We do not believe that 
 God would allow one man to marry 700 wives, and 
 prohibit another from marrying one ; that is what the 
 clergyman would have us think. Suppose a man mar- 
 ries at the age of 25 and his wife leaves him within 
 two years (we are assuming that he is not to blame) ; 
 then he must spend the balance of his life alone, while 
 another man who lives in another age can marry 700. 
 
 We have previously explained how persons may 
 under these circumstances devote themselves to intel- 
 lectual pursuits and meet with success. So they may 
 until fate brings them into contact with some other 
 person for whom they form a strong attachment, and 
 then it is all off with them again. We must remem- 
 ber that no one person is in a position to judge for 
 another. Some persons who run strong 1st and llth 
 Signs are very unhappy alone, while others are not 
 affected by these things. If the study of this book 
 
LOVE AND MARRIAGE 95 
 
 teaches us anything, it should teach us to be very 
 guarded in criticising the actions of others. We do 
 not know what we would do in their place. We have 
 a sort of feeling that a man who never had any per- 
 sonal experience with separation or divorce, has no 
 more right to publish a book upon it, than a man 
 would have to publish a book on mining when he 
 never saw the inside of a mine, or a woman would 
 have to publish a book upon the duties of mothers, 
 when she never had children of her own. Who can 
 tell you about Africa, the man who traveled through 
 it, or the man who never left the United States? 
 
 If the great consensus of opinion among divorced 
 persons shows that they prefer the trials which accrue 
 from separation and divorce, to a bad marriage, give 
 it to them. True Christ limited divorce, but as we 
 have previously mentioned, the various accounts of 
 what he said do not correspond, besides it is an evil 
 much the same as war is an evil, and yet we do not 
 believe that the world can exist without war. W r ar 
 is a cure for a greater evil, so also is divorce. Christ 
 said, ''Thou shalt not kill," but if someone is taking 
 your life you are justified in taking theirs in self de- 
 fense. Divorce in order to protect the innocent and 
 suffering ones of the earth and to prevent the com- 
 mission of greater crimes becomes right. You par- 
 ents know that it would be very wrong to punish your 
 children if they were innocent, but when punish- 
 ment becomes necessary it is right. Punishment may 
 be regarded as an evil, but abolishing punishment 
 does not abolish crime, neither does abolishing di- 
 vorce, abolish the terrible evils that lead to it. Prob- 
 ably three-fourths of the divorce cases are due to wick- 
 edness, on one side or both. Drunkenness, profanity, 
 cruelty, dishonesty, lying, slander and immorality are 
 
.96 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 potent influences in bringing about divorce. There 
 may be one-fourth cases where mistakes have been 
 made for which neither party can be held responsible 
 and yet it is practically impossible for them to live to- 
 gether. Some of these the parties had no opportunity 
 of discovering until after marriage, besides, if men and 
 women were to wait until all the conditions were fav- 
 orable for marriage, there would be no marriages, 'for 
 a perfect man or woman can not be found. With 
 women the question is a very difficult one as they 
 must select a husband from the few who chance to 
 offer themselves. If they had the same opportunity 
 of choosing that men have they would frequently 
 make a different choice. It is said that women re- 
 ceive twice as many divorces as men, and their lim- 
 ited opportunity for selection, may partly account for 
 the fact. We believe if divorced women were asked 
 for their opinion, many would tell you that they were 
 never married in the true sense of the word. Much 
 is said regarding, "the twain becoming one flesh." 
 This is simply a polite way of referring to the inti- 
 macy that must exist between them. If there is any 
 union it must be a spiritual, or soul union (we make 
 no distinction bejtween mind, soul, and spirit), with- 
 out this there is none. Frequently a woman marries 
 a man in an indifferent sort of way, and if he proves 
 to be the right kind of man, he wins her respect and 
 love follows ; but if he treats her cruelly, no union 
 ever existed, or ever will exist. It requires two to 
 form a union. 
 
 "What God hath joined together, let not man put 
 asunder,'' is another passage frequently quoted. Man 
 never put them asunder; they were put asunder be- 
 fore they applied for divorce, and probably man 
 
LOVE AND MARRIAGE 97 
 
 had nothing to do with it. The chances are that there 
 was some sham work about the joining together. As 
 we have said before, there must be more or less love 
 in every marriage, but we are inclined to think that 
 a strong mutual attachment at the time of marriage is 
 a rare phenomenon. 
 
 In the passage previously referred to Christ was 
 talking to his disciples, and was laying down rules for 
 an ideal world. He says, "Moses, because of the 
 hardness of your hearts, suffered you to put away 
 your wives, but from the beginning it was not so." He 
 does not say that Moses did wrong in permitting 
 them to separate ; he said it was a condition of things 
 brought about by the hardness of their hearts, and 
 God had not intended it to be so at the beginning. 
 Later he says : "All men cannot receive this saying, 
 save they to whom it is given. He that is able to re- 
 ceive it let him receive it." In I. Cor., Ch. vii. we 
 read : "To avoid fornication let every man have his 
 own wife, and let every woman have her own hus- 
 band." Paul didn't say, to avoid fornication, put the 
 women on one side of the earth, and the men on the 
 other, neither did he say let every man who is fortun- 
 ate enough not to lose her, and would not care much 
 if he did, have his own wife ; he said, let every man 
 who wishes have his own wife, and every woman her 
 own husband. And yet Paul was a bachelor, and 
 rather discouraged marriage. We who prefer a single 
 life should not interfere with the rights of others, who 
 may be and are very differently constituted. 
 Divorce and re-marriage, war, and punisjiment 
 are all necessary in order to cope with great- 
 er evils. There are those who claim that pun- 
 ishment is not necessary, but the writer, who 
 has spent many years in educational work, and 
 
98 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 has had a wide experience in the handling of 
 youth, would beg to differ with them. Many 
 persons can be ruled by kindness, but not all. 
 We recollect a case that came under our own 
 observation, in connection with prison work. Sev- 
 eral ladies had become interested in two young 
 men who were serving a term for forgery: on their 
 release positions were found for them, and a room 
 in a respectable home. They professed to be relig- 
 ious, and all went well until the lady with whom 
 they lived discovered papers showing that they had 
 been practicing on the business signature of a man 
 whose wife had taken a leading part in ministering 
 to their comfort. She had in fact done everything in 
 her power to help them out of their difficulty. And 
 this is not a solitary case. Try kindness first, and 
 when that fails something else mast be resorted to. 
 If we can dispense with war, punishment, divorce, 
 and remarriage, it will be when the millennium comes, 
 if there be such a time. If we would seek to abolish 
 divorce, we must abolish the evils that so frequently 
 lead to it. 
 
 Planetary influence is such a strong factor in deter- 
 mining prosperity in the marriage relation, that it 
 must be reckoned with. Some will find a second mar- 
 riage much better than the first, and some will find 
 it worse. Some of the happiest marriages we have 
 known ended in premature death, and yet who would 
 say that a few years of happy married life should be 
 despised, even though it did end in grief. This old 
 world is tough whatever way you take it, and it is 
 merely a question of the best way of getting through 
 it. 
 
 We are presenting you with an actor who was mar- 
 ried five times, and a lady who was married four 
 
LOVE, AND MARRIAGE 99 
 
 times and engaged to the fifth. Both have horo- 
 scopes which run very strongly for marriage, and 
 they would be very unhappy living alone ; yet all their 
 bad planets govern marriage, and trouble is certain to 
 follow. We can still console them that, while their 
 sorrows are there, they are not having them along 
 some other line. If we had the opportunity of laying 
 down our burden and taking up another, we might 
 wish for our own back again. 
 
 In our opinion, the only rational way to handle the 
 divorce question is to investigate the causes leading 
 to divorce, and deal with them. If the liquor habit 
 is a cause, deal with it ; if dancing is a cause, deal with 
 it; if infidelity is a cause, deal with it also. A lady 
 writing of her experience in the underworld states 
 that 75 per cent, of the patrons were married men. If 
 that were so there was something wrong at home. 
 A man who loved his wii r e as he should love her 
 would not be there. A statement like that makes the 
 marriage question look very bad. 
 
 Men should regard matrimony as they legard any 
 business enterprise. When the contract is signed, 
 and all the preliminary business settled, they should 
 concentrate their thought and energy upon making 
 the business a success; they should do the same with 
 matrimony. Usually a man thinks the wedding clay 
 is the winding up of his matrimonial enterprise. In 
 place of that it should be the beginning. He is stak- 
 ing his life happiness in it. His reputation and money 
 are also at stake, as he will find if he makes a failure 
 of it. 
 
 A man should consider no sacrifice too great, unless 
 it be a sacrifice of principle, which will win or hold 
 the affection of his wife ; and a woman should feel the 
 same toward her husband. Often you must stoop to 
 
100 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 conquer and sacrifice frequently brings great rewards. 
 Many men and women are so intent upon the pursuit 
 of pleasure, that they must just do everything they 
 feel like doing, without regard for the consequences. 
 Reason should control us instead of feeling, if we are 
 to live a true life. Our feeling depends on heredity, 
 environment, and planetary influence. What we do 
 depends on ourselves. 
 
 You may recall many cases where men and women, 
 under the impulse of strong feeling, have been guilty 
 of acts which ruined their lives in a very short space 
 of time. We must rise superior to feeling and want- 
 ing, if we are to succeed in life. W T e cannot eradicate 
 our feelings, and oftentimes we cannot control them, 
 but we can control our actions. Practice makes per- 
 fect even in goodness ; suffering may and will come, 
 but let us cultivate goodness. We may develop char- 
 acter and principle. This much lies within ourselves. 
 
 This chapter would not be complete without a page 
 upon cranks, just common everyday cranks. These 
 people frequently do not have any bad habits ; they 
 make up for all the defects they don't have in pure, 
 unadulterated crankiness. This is said to be the sin 
 of the saint, or vice of the virtuous. Such a man 
 considers it to be beneath his dignity to appear pleas- 
 ed with anything his wife does. One of this class 
 was heard to say that you should never tell 
 a woman she had done well, for it might put a dam- 
 per on her ambition ; "Always tell her," said he, 
 "that her work might be improved." Another 
 stock remark of this sort of man is, "The worse you 
 treat a woman the better she likes you." Always be- 
 ware of a man, if you hear him say that. We have 
 heard it a number of times, but cannot imagine where 
 it originated. A crank laughs when you look sober, 
 
LOVE AND MA,R'IAGE' 'j'',W 
 
 and looks sober when you laugh, that is one way of 
 detecting him. He is always afraid of appearing too 
 agreeable. When all ordinary methods fail, he tells 
 his wife that he will not be home to luncheon, and 
 when she goes out, he comes home and tells the 
 neighbors that his wife is always out and will not 
 cook for him. What would you do with him? 
 
 Chart No 15 shows a very happy marriage. In the 
 1st you will notice all the good planets in or near the 
 1st Sign, and two bad planets in the 10th; the Moon 
 is passing into the llth Sign. Many persons are mar- 
 ried as the Moon passes into the llth Sign; that be- 
 ing the children Sign, a birth usually follows. Her 
 4th Sign, being bad, causes her to have many troubles 
 during childhood. Her health had not been good, and 
 she had a languid, disheartened look, as if she had 
 
 A VERY HAPPY MARRIAGE. 
 

 102 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 been dragged up against her will. Six months after 
 she was married we had the pleasure of meeting her 
 while traveling, and we scarcely recognized her to 
 be the same girl ; the contour of her face was changed ; 
 her eyes were bright and sparkling, her complexion 
 clear and her voice musical ; her step was bouyant, 
 and she exhibited a queenly air. We at once assumed 
 that the marriage had been a happy one, and on look- 
 ing up her birthdate found that she had all the good 
 planets around the 1st Sign. The Moon was entering 
 her llth Sign in conjunction with Uranus and Mars 
 in the 10th, so that it might not be fortunate for chil- 
 dren ; houses and land, father and mother would be 
 under bad omen. She has no greater share of earthly 
 happiness than others, but her marriage Sign will al- 
 ways be a place of refuge. 
 
 We recollect seeing the result of a census taken by 
 one of our leading periodicals, and it was found that 
 the great majority of girls who were happily married 
 had lost one or both parents and had something of a 
 rough time during childhood. We can easily account 
 for this fact ; the girls who had bad planets in the 4th 
 Sign could not have them around the marriage sign at 
 the same time; so you see there is compensation for 
 all, and "Mama's darling" is more likely to be unhap- 
 pily married than the little waif who "just grovved" 
 like Topsy. 
 
 We recollect a lady who was a widow, and suffer- 
 ing hardship, remarking that she had a very happy 
 childhood, and she could not expect to be very happy 
 all through life. We would not have you think for 
 one moment that all the boys and girls who have rich 
 parents have a very happy childhood, for there are 
 many conditions which bring misery among the rich 
 as well as among the poor. 
 
LOVE) AND MARRIAGE 
 
 103 
 
 In Chart No. 16 we see a vicious looking marriage 
 sign, the Moon between Saturn and Mars in the Na- 
 tivity, and Uranus, Saturn, and Mars opposite in the 
 Transits ; nothing good nearer than the 12th Sign. 
 We might describe her after a year's trial of married 
 life, but it is unnecessary. We have all seen them 
 many times, when a dejected, half bitter look settles 
 down upon them. When that look settles upon you, 
 it is time to be moving, even if they do call you a 
 tramp. 
 
 The 12th Sign provided a wedding feast; there was 
 also traveling connected with the wedding, and this 
 came under good influences, one bad planet being 
 found with seven good. It came before the wedding, 
 however. This marriage ended in divorce, when 
 Venus and Mercury entered the 1st Sign in conjunc- 
 
 A VERY UNHAPPY MARRIAGE 
 
104 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 tion ; we often find good planets entering the mar- 
 riage sign bring about divorce. One would think 
 that they should bring more happiness into the home, 
 instead of breaking it up, but it would seem that even 
 God himself cannot restore confidence and love in a 
 home where nothing but bitterness prevails. God 
 cannot convert a sinner against his will, neither can 
 he convert a bad husband against his will. When 
 good planets come in, the party usually gets a change. 
 It may be freedom from marriage ties or a second 
 union. In No. 16 we find a good 4th Sign and this 
 young lady had a good home. 
 
 Chart No. 17 is that of a young lady of whom we 
 have no knowledge, excepting that a friend asked us 
 to look up her birthdate, remarking that she had so 
 many admirers she could not entertain them all. We 
 
 A VERY POPULAR YOUNG LADY. 
 
LOVE AND MARRIAGE 
 
 105 
 
 first noticed that she had five planets in the mar- 
 riage sign, and Mars standing as sentinel in the 12th 
 near the 1st Sign; the Sun and Neptune are changing 
 on each side of the llth Sign, and Uranus in the 2nd 
 near the 3rd would cause trouble in traveling, also 
 with letters, and telephone messages. At this parti- 
 cular time the Earth and Moon ar in the 1st Sign 
 in the Transits, and the Moon in the Nativity is near- 
 ing the 2nd. It has been working affairs up in the 
 1st Sign for nearly two years. The Transits also fail 
 on these three points. This is probably the strongest 
 point for marriage in this horoscope. 
 
 Chart No. 18 shows a lady who claims to have re- 
 ceived five proposals in one month. She also told us 
 that she had not received an offer for years previous- 
 ly. You will notice that Mercury is entering her 
 
 REC'D FIVE PROPOSALS IN ONE MONTH 
 
106 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 1st Sign, and that the Moon is leaving the 3rd Sign; 
 this connects her love affairs with writing, traveling, 
 and brothers and sisters. She was a lady stenogra- 
 pher at a time when stenography was in its infancy. 
 She has seven good planets in her 1st Sign; so we 
 presume there were no quarrels and misunderstand- 
 ings. All her a'dmirers walked right up and pro- 
 posed. One proposal she told us came through her 
 brother. She then went for a holiday and met the 
 only man with whom she had fallen in love ; however 
 she married one of the five and stated that she was 
 not sorry for having done so. 
 
 No. 19 is a lady who was married four times and 
 engaged to the fifth ; so far as we could learn there 
 was only one good man among them, and he died 
 after a long illness. Seven planets are in the 1st Sign, 
 
 No. 19 
 
 MARRIED FOUR TIMES AND ENGAGED TO FIFTH 
 
LOVE AND MARRIAGE 
 
 107 
 
 including three bad planets. Mercury will soon enter 
 the 5th, and her horoscope becomes stronger until 
 about fifty years of age, then it weakens down some- 
 what. One husband was imprisoned for life, another 
 suicided, and another proved to be a married man. 
 
 She was a bright, interesting, jolly woman, and 
 very kind hearted. Back of it all you could detect a 
 vein of sadness. 
 
 No. 20 is the horoscope of a man over forty years 
 of age who was separated from his first wife and mar- 
 ried to a girl under twenty. You will notice Uranus 
 between the 12th and 1st Signs. Uranus frequently 
 indicates separation. Mercury coming into the 1st 
 Sign indicates a young person connected with love 
 affairs. The Moon is leaving his 1st Sign, the most 
 common time for Cancer person? to marry. Transits 
 
 Jib 3.0 
 ttRIDE 18 GROOM 47 YEARS OF AGE. 
 
108 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 running strong on the 5th and llth favor marriage 
 with a young person. When the Moon passes through 
 his 3rd Sign he dies in a steamboat disaster. 
 
 Chart No. 21 gives you a marriage by elopement ; 
 the young lady' parents are wealthy and she elopes 
 with a poor man; this brings a storm in the sign of 
 her father and mother where her planets run very 
 strong; later on Mars and Saturn in the Transits pass 
 off and she becomes reconciled to her parents. The 
 marriage seems to have been happy otherwise. Mars 
 in her money sign draws trouble over money. 
 
 2.1 
 MARRIAGE BY ELOPEMENT. 
 
MONEY AND HEAVEN 109 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 Money and Heaven. 
 
 It has been decided that money and heaven come 
 under the 2nd Sign and that is why they are coupled 
 here. Under money we strike the hard-headed 
 business man ; business, not sentiment, is the ruling 
 impulse in his life. When he marries, he does so 
 from an economic standpoint. He sees an opportuni- 
 ty to get something for nothing, and it would not be 
 good business to let such an opportunity pass. 
 He usually, however, marries one of the senti- 
 mental type. Opposites attract ; for the sake of 
 the rising generation this wise provision is made. A 
 person who has reached one extreme must marry a 
 person approaching the other extreme, or otherwise 
 entail havoc upon the children. Fate concerns her- 
 self much more about the effect on the next genera- 
 tion, than the happiness of the individuals mated. 
 They never understand each other; he does not un- 
 derstand her sensitive sentimental nature, and she 
 does not understand his hard-headed practical nature, 
 and each blames the other for the qualities with which 
 nature has endowed them. He may try to assume a 
 degree of sentimentalism, but it does not fit and she 
 accuses him of assuming, which seems to her to be a 
 greater grievance than the former, and so it goes. 
 Commonly a man or woman with a strong money sign 
 has planets in the 1st or llth or both. We are speak- 
 ing of those who are in a manner devoid of sentiment. 
 
 We get our idea of heaven or future reward, as 
 it has been called, being placed under the 2nd 
 Sign from the account of the creation as given in 
 Genesis Ch. 1 : 6, 7, 8. All the other Signs corres- 
 
110 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 pond with the account given and there is no reason 
 why this should not. Our views are also corroborated 
 by many other passages in Scripture. In Matt. 6:19- 
 21 the following appears. "Lay not up for yourselves 
 treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth cor- 
 rupt, and where thieves break through and steal, but 
 lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neith- 
 er moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do 
 not break through nor steal, for where your treasure 
 is there will your heart be also." 
 
 The passage in Matt. 19:16, which speaks of its 
 being easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a 
 needle than for a rich man to enter into the Kingdom 
 of Heaven, has provoked a great deal of discussion. 
 The needles eye referred to may be a pass by that 
 name or it may not; whether or not, the inference is 
 that we cannot have our reward in this world and in 
 the next as well. All the teachings of the Bible cor- 
 roborate this view. The rich man spoken of in this 
 case was told to sell all that he had and to give it to 
 the poor, and he would have treasures laid up in 
 heaven ; but he went away sorrowful for he had great 
 possessions. We are told that if we give any thing 
 up for the sake of Christ we will receive an hundred 
 fold in the life to come. 
 
 Christ tells his disciples to take no thought for what 
 they should eat or wear, but to seek first the Kingdom 
 of God, and all these things would be added unto them 
 such things as were necessary ; he does not promise 
 them wealth. 
 
 In Matt. 25:31-46 we find what is called a descrip- 
 tion of the last judgment, where we are told how 
 our surplus money should be used. "I was hungered 
 and ye gave me meat, I was thirsty and ye gave me 
 drink, I was a stranger and ye took me in, naked and 
 ye clothed me. I was sick and ye visited me, I was in 
 
MONEY AND HEAVEN 111 
 
 prison and ye came unto me. Inasmuch as ye have 
 done it unto one of the least of these my bretheren 
 ye have done it unto me." 
 
 "To those on the left he shall say, Inasmuch as ye 
 did it not to one of the least of these ye did it not to 
 me. And these shall go away into everlasting pun- 
 ishment." 
 
 These are the words of Christ. No man or woman 
 would ever write such words. Men and women would 
 prefer a free and easy world where they could do any- 
 thing they liked without fear of punishment ; but God 
 is handling the universe and he knows what is requir- 
 ed. He sees the end from the beginning. This old 
 world would get into an awful muddle if any of us 
 were running it. 
 
 The only way any man can become rich, or remain 
 rich even on inherited wealth, is by closing his eyes 
 and his ears to the appeals for help made to him on 
 every side. He cannot ride on one of the streets of 
 our great cities, or climb the mountain side of a quiet 
 summer resort, or pick up a newspaper without meet- 
 ing a silent appeal for help. If he is a Christian the 
 verse just quoted should come to him. "Inasmuch 
 as ye did it not to one of the least of these ye did it 
 not to me." Just what amount of money a Christian 
 might properly be allowed to horde up for his own 
 pleasure and to provide against future possibilities 
 would be a difficult matter to decide. Fortunately 
 that is not a poor man's trouble. A man however 
 who passes the million mark should feel the weight 
 of it upon his conscience, particularily if it has been 
 gained as much wealth has been by grinding the poor, 
 and turning a deaf ear to calls for help. These must 
 constantly meet every person who travels through the 
 world, at home or abroad. We recollect at one time 
 meeting a man who received notice that he was com- 
 
112 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 ing into an unexpected fortune by inheritance. With 
 his face aglow he said, "and I'm not going to forget 
 my friends either." We were relating the story to an- 
 other person of our acquaintance who made the re- 
 mark. "If he doesn't forget his friends he'll be a hu- 
 man miracle." This latter remark was made by a very 
 old man who had seen much of the world. 
 
 The question of money is a mere gamble. The 
 -man who draws money gets it, but while he is get- 
 ting money he should be careful that he is not missing 
 something more important. 
 
 Some of you will say, "I have made my own for- 
 tune; God had nothing to do with it." Who is there 
 among you who will say, my money is in my own 
 keeping, God cannot touch it. You would not dare 
 to say it. You know God can take it from you by 
 fire, flood, robberies, embezzlements, or in a thousand 
 different ways as he has done with others. Your mon- 
 ey is in God's hands, and everything else you own ; 
 your life and the lives of your family and friends are 
 in his hands ; all we are and all we have is in his 
 hands ; all the good things we have we are keeping at 
 his option. Such thoughts should make us very hum- 
 ble, and very thankful as well. 
 
 It may be urged that capitalists provide labor. So 
 they do, but large capitalists form large business mo- 
 nopolies which are a curse to a country. They can 
 do their part very nicely on half a million and have 
 what they call a good time, too. A limited amount of 
 capital invested in legitimate business, and paying 
 an honest dividend to labor is to be respected. 
 
 When wages however are cut down to half what 
 they should be, and monopolies are formed to the 
 exclusion of all honest competition, millionaires still 
 pocketing immense profits ; the situation does not 
 look Christian like, to say the least. Such men are 
 
MONEY AND HEAVEN 113 
 
 ably dealt with in James 5 :l-7. "Go to now ye rich 
 men weep and howl for your miseries that shall come 
 upon you." 
 
 Your riches are corrupted, and your garments are 
 moth eaten. 
 
 Your gold and silver is cankered ; and the rust of 
 them shall be a witness against you, and shall eat 
 your flesh as it were fire. Ye have heaped treasure 
 together for the last days. 
 
 Behold the hire of the labourers who have reaped 
 down your fields, which is of you kept back by fraud, 
 crieth : and the cries of them which have reaped are 
 entered into the ears of the lord of Sabaoth. 
 
 Ye have lived in pleasure on the earth, and been 
 wanton ; ye have nourished your hearts, as in a day of 
 slaughter. 
 
 Ye have condemned and killed the just ; and he doth 
 not resist you. 
 
 Be patient therefore brethren unto the coming of 
 the Lord." 
 
 The rich in this world make the poor to a large 
 extent; that fact is too obvious to require explana- 
 tion. It seems incredible that any man or woman 
 who has been raised in poverty could oppress the 
 poor; but they are usually the meanest of the mean 
 in money matters when they come to be wealthy. It 
 doesn't take much to turn the head of poor silly hu- 
 manity. 
 
 In speaking of money and heaven, there is one point 
 where they fit very close together. Did you ever 
 see some poor man or woman struggling, day in, day 
 out for years, trying to make a scanty income provide 
 the necessities for themselves and family, and at last 
 a little windfall strikes them, and the terrible pressure 
 that threatened to crush the life and soul out of its 
 victims is removed. Well, if there is any experience 
 
114 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 in life that is calculated to give a poor mortal a fore- 
 taste of heaven, that is the one. Just think how some 
 of you wealthy people could carry heaven with you 
 wherever you go. A thousand dollars dropped here 
 and there as you go would never be missed by you, 
 and just think of the joy it would bring to the needy 
 ones, and think of the joy and gladness that would 
 be reflected in your lives. That is one of the 
 ways whereby you can build heaven upon earth ; one 
 of the ways by which money can be turned into hea- 
 ven. In so doing you are also laying up treasure in 
 the world which is to come. Money can almost buy 
 heaven, but not the way some folks try to buy it. 
 Another point we would have you remember is that 
 charity begins at home. The people nearest to you 
 are those for whom God holds you especially respons- 
 ible. He does not expect you to hunt all over the 
 earth for a place to do an act of kindness ; he sends 
 the needy to your door; he brings them into your 
 daily life ; you don't need to search for them. These 
 are the persons who will be called to witness against 
 you in the last day. Little acts of kindness that the 
 world never hears of, that is the kind of giving God 
 loves. 
 
 In closing we would call your attention to a few 
 lessons that may be learned about heaven. We have 
 told you what in our opinion will make hell. The 
 inhabitants will make the place, and heaven will be 
 made in the same way. In Gal. v., 19, we are told 
 what will make hell : "Adultery, fornication, unclean- 
 ness, lasciviousness, idolatry, witchcraft, hatred, var- 
 iance, emulations, wrath, strife, seditions, heresies, en- 
 vyings, murders, drunkenness, revelings, and such- 
 like. If these would not make a lake of fire, 
 we do not know what would. But the fruit of 
 
MONEY AXD HEAVEX 115 
 
 the Spirit is love, joy, peace, long suffering, gentle- 
 ness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance: against 
 such there is no law. These will make heaven. If 
 you are in any doubt about where you stand, square 
 yourself up by this dividing line. Do you love the 
 former, or do you love the latter? Happy are those 
 who can say, Behold, the former things have passed 
 away! 
 
 Don't let anyone poison your mind with the idea 
 that God is cruel or unkind. We have heard men 
 say, "God must be a monster of cruelty if he would 
 create man with desires and inclinations to commit 
 sin, and then condemn him to everlasting punishment 
 for gratifying these desires." 
 
 In the first place, God created man perfect as he 
 himself is perfect. In his own image created he 
 mar but he also created him a free agent to act as 
 he chose ; had God not done so there would have been 
 a still greater cry against his omnipotence. Man was 
 not only created perfect, but he was told what he 
 must do in order to maintain his state of perfection. 
 Man disobeyed God, and made friends with the devil, 
 God's enemy, and Adam is not the only man who 
 took sides against God. We are not responsible for 
 what Adam did. Where do we stand? God has left 
 us a complete revelation so simple that a child can 
 understand it, telling us what we must do to inherit 
 eternal life. 
 
 "God so loved the world that he gave his only be- 
 gotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should 
 not perish, but have everlasting life." What more 
 could he do? God never sent any man to the place 
 of the lost ; he sends himself there. If a man steals a 
 horse, do you blame the legislator who made the law 
 forbidding stealing, or the judge who sentences him 
 
116 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 according to the law? Certainly net, you blame the 
 man himself. Let us be reasonable. 
 
 We believe that heaven is a place ; John xix. : 2, 3 : 
 "In my Father's house are many mansions. I go to 
 prepare a place for you, and if I go and prepare a 
 place for you I will come again and receive you unto 
 myself, that where I am, there ye may be also." We 
 are to live with Christ in a place specially prepared 
 by him, but that does not necessitate our remaining 
 there. W r hile heaven is our home, our world may be 
 the universe. 
 
 A beautiful description of heaven is given in the 
 two last chapters of Revelation. Heaven is described 
 as having a wall great and high, the length, breadth, 
 and height, each 12,000 furlongs. In this waJJ were 
 12 gates, having the names of the 12 tribes of Israel 
 written thereon. 12 foundations were under the wall 
 of the city, bearing the names of the 12 apostles. The 
 wall was built of jasper, and the city of pure gold. 
 The foundations of the city were garnished with all 
 manner of precious stones, and the 12 gates were 12 
 pearls. The Glory of God was the light thereof, and 
 there was no night there. A river pure as crystal 
 ran through it, and the Tree of Life grew on either 
 side and yielded her fruit every month. The only 
 number used in the description is the number 12 
 12 foundations, 12 gates, the City measuring 12,000 
 furlongs. Then the tree of life grew 12 manner of 
 fruits and yielded her fruit every month. 12,000 were 
 chosen from each tribe. Rev. vii. ; 4. Those who 
 stand before the throne shall be clothed with white 
 robes, and palms in their hands. Rev. vii.; 9. And 
 the angel said, "These are they which came out of 
 great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and 
 made them white in the blood of the Lamb. There- 
 fore are they before the throne of God, and serve him 
 
MONEY AND HEAVEN 
 
 117 
 
 day and night in his temple: and he that sittest on 
 the throne shall dwell among them. They shall hun- 
 ger no more, neither thirst any more, neither shall 
 the sun light on them, nor any heat. For the Lamb 
 which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and 
 shall lead them into living fountains of waters: and 
 God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes." Again 
 in Rev. xxi. 4. "And God shall wipe away all tears 
 from their eyes and there shall be no more death, 
 neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any 
 more pain: for the former things are passed away." 
 The angel tells John to write, for these things are true 
 
 AX OIL KING 
 
118 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 and faithful, and again he says, "The Lord God hath 
 sent me to shew unto his servants the things which 
 must shortly be done." There is no reason why this 
 description should not be taken literally. We certain- 
 ly could not conceive of a more beautiful place or 
 pleasanter surroundings. "The Lamb shall feed them 
 and God himself shall wipe away all tears from their 
 eyes." If it is not to be taken literally, it certainly 
 means that our highest expectations will be fulfilled. 
 
 No. 22, the 1st. Chart illustrating money, is a great 
 oil king. You will notice that in 1888 five good plan- 
 ets appeared in his 2nd. Sign for money, and Jupiter 
 
 A GREAT LADY FINANCIER 
 
MONEY AND HEAVEN 
 
 119 
 
 in the 4th. for houses and land. Neptune and the Sun 
 are in his 2nd. Sign, and are the only permanent plan- 
 ets in it. Neptune stands for liquids, and the Sun for 
 light, hence money made by oil. One bad planet 
 stands in his 3rd. Sign, governing traveling and writ- 
 ing ; writing always includes legal documents and let- 
 ters. The remaining bad planets appear in the 12th. 
 Sign, drawing enemies and trouble with everything 
 that comes under the 12th. In 1913 Mercury is in 
 the 12th. Sign, and the Moon entering his 2nd.: this 
 position tends to draw enemies connected with money. 
 No. 23 is a great lady financier. She has 
 
 FOUNDER OF MANY LIBRARIES 
 
120 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 6 good planets between her 2nd. and 3rd. Signs, and 
 all her bad planets removed some distance from this 
 point. Money should roll right into her pocket-book. 
 Mars in the 1st. Sign brings death to her husband, 
 and also causes her to be careless regarding her per- 
 sonal appearance. Uranus in the 4th. causes her to 
 occupy an unpretentious residence. There are no 
 spending planets around her money sign. If she had 
 one or two bad planets around her 2nd. Sign and 
 good planets in the 1st. or 4th., she would spend 
 money on making a good appearance, building a fine 
 
 NOTED SHIP-BUILDER 
 
MONEY AND HEAVEN 
 
 121 
 
 home, and dressing gaily. She is 77 years of age, 
 and still oversees her business interests. 
 
 No. 24 is a great steel king who becomes wealthy 
 through the 3rd and 4th Signs. The 3rd connects his 
 business with traveling and the 4th constructive 
 work, hence the manufacture of steel rails; he has 
 probably made good on land as well. In 1902 all his 
 planets stand in the 3rd and 4th excepting Saturn, 
 which appears in the 12th Sign. He has two spend- 
 ing planets in the 3rd and 4th Signs, and this leads 
 him to take his money out of steel rails, and to put it 
 into libraries. Books and libraries come under the 
 3rd and 4th Signs, the same as steel rails. He does 
 
 OWNER OF TELEPHONE LINE 
 
122 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 not bank money like one who has a strong 2nd Sign. 
 He is also an author, and should be a master hand 
 with the pen. 
 
 In No. 25 we have a great ship-builder. Neptune 
 stands between the 3rd and 4th Signs with seven plan- 
 ets. What more would you want? Jupiter stands in 
 the 1st giving inventive ability. The Transits are 
 also very strong at this point. Such a horoscope 
 would give him success with anything coming under 
 the 3rd and 4th Signs, but Neptune standing between 
 the two and in the middle of the conjunction connects 
 him strongly with the water and traveling by boat. 
 
 Afo 27 
 
 A GREAT INHERITANCE 
 
MONEY AXD HEAYEX 
 
 123 
 
 In No. 26 planetary conditions resemble those in 
 No. 24. Mars appears in the 2nd, however, and this 
 indicates quarreling over money matters, and possible 
 law suits. His 12th. Sign is good, and this lessens the 
 darger of law suits. He started life as an employee 
 o' a telephone company, and later became the owner 
 ci" a telephone line. He is still quite a young man. 
 
 We prefer to study the lives of those who have 
 made their own fortunes as it were ; when wealth is 
 inherited we expect to find the influences governing 
 it, in the horoscopes of the parents or grand-parents 
 in a large degree. 
 
 GREAT FINANCIER 
 
124 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 No. 27 inherited an immense fortune from his 
 father in November, 1912. His chart is given just as 
 it stood on his 21st birthday, when all his good plan- 
 ets were in his 2nd and 4th Signs. The 4th Sign gov- 
 erns the father and mother, and five good planets in 
 the 4th would indicate large gains from his father. 
 Neptune in the 2nd would indicate money coming 
 through water or liquids, and in this case his father 
 was drowned. Saturn, Mars, and Uranus, all his evil 
 planets are left to govern the llth and 12th Signs, 
 and everything adjacent to them. Jupiter stands op- 
 posite Neptune in the 2nd Sign, and only one bad 
 
 /1/oSW 
 
 SUDDEN PROMOTION 
 
MONEY AND HEAVEN 
 
 125 
 
 planet stands in the 4th in the Transits. The Moon in 
 the Nativity is in the 4th, and Venus and Mercury 
 form a conjunction there with good planets. His 12th 
 and 1st were not good at that time. This is the most 
 important point in his life. 
 
 In No. 28 we come to wealth gained through the 
 llth Sign; all the good planets are placed in the llth. 
 Planets in the 10th run a conjunction with a power- 
 ful llth Sign, thus we find him inheriting ten millions 
 from his father to begin with. In the same way he 
 would always draw well in land. He acted as direc- 
 tor of a number of railways. A person with a strong 
 
 3o 
 
 MILLIONAIRE CATTLEMAN 
 
126 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 3rd and 4th would become wealthy in the building of 
 railroads, while a strong llth would draw money 
 through collecting the fares ; the same as a per- 
 son having a strong llth would draw money from 
 large audiences. Theatre tickets and railway 
 tickets work along the same line. It is said that his 
 wealth consisted chiefly in stocks and securities. 
 With six good planets in the llth Sign he would 
 draw from everyone with whom he came into con- 
 tact; he would be a dangerous man to gamble with. 
 
 He died on a visit to Europe with the Moon leaving 
 his traveling Sign. 
 
 SCIENCE PRODUCES WEALTH 
 
MONEY AND HEAVEN 127 
 
 No. 29 is a lady who became wealthy. This chart 
 shows her as a young lady whose parents had been in 
 straightened circumstances, going to New York and 
 attracting the attention of millionaires. Before many 
 years she was married to a rich man, and later her 
 husband died, leaving all his wealth to his widow. 
 She then took an active part in public affairs spend- 
 ing her money freely for any charity in which she be- 
 came interested. This little girl had to go out to 
 w r ork, earning not as much as lots of little girls spend 
 on candy, but she didn't go and commit suicide. 
 
 When you girls strike a very bad place, you must 
 remember there is a very good place somewhere in 
 your horoscope. Give it a fair trial before you at- 
 tempt suicide, and when you come into the good 
 place, don't forget the little girl who is in trouble as 
 you were once. 
 
 You will notice in the chart that the Moon has been 
 in conjunction with Uranus leaving the 4th Sign. The 
 4th is the Sign of the father and mother. It has now 
 passed on where it strikes Neptune, Mercury, Venus, 
 and the Sun four good planets in the llth Sign, 
 which is the Sign of friends among strangers. These 
 good planets show that she draws great favors from 
 friends; a strong llth also brings her a youthful old 
 age. 
 
 We have now to present a man whose money comes 
 through the 12th Sign; he is a millionaire cattle man. 
 He and his partner owned at one time 86,000 cattle 
 and 100,000 sheep, besides the land 'which provided 
 them with pasture. He came from Germany at 19 
 years of age, and began life as a butcher's boy. Ve- 
 nus passes through the 3rd and 4th Signs, reaching 
 the 5th at 80 years of age. Mercury passes through 
 the 3rd and 4th twice, entering the 12th at 34 and at 
 80. A conjunction of Venns and Mercury in the 3rd 
 
128 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 and 4th drew land. He is well known to the business 
 men of California. 
 
 Our last Chart, No. 31 is that of a lady who not 
 only accumulated wealth mounting into the millions, 
 but had a very eventful life. An element of mystery 
 also appears in her teachings. 
 
 This Chart shows the birth of her child. The 
 Moon stands with Mars in her llth Sign, no good plan- 
 et near it. Although her relatives were wealthy the 
 boy was not allowed to live with her; this caused 
 her to grieve constantly and her health remained bad 
 Finally a physician ventured the opinion that if she 
 had her child she would improve in health, and he 
 persuaded her to marry him. She did so only on con- 
 dition that the child should live with her. She kept 
 him for a time, but his foster mother took him away, 
 telling him that his mother was dead; and. she did 
 not see her boy for many years. When she met him 
 again he was not like her son, so that nothing but 
 grief accompanied her llth Sign. In her declining 
 years she adopted a son, but there was still too much 
 Mars around her llth Sign. 
 
 Uranus in the marriage Sign also caused trouble, 
 her first husband died, her second eloped with another 
 woman, and the third died. Had she turned her back on 
 marriage and chosen a public career, she might have 
 been happier. The doctrine of faith-healing consti- 
 tutes the mysterious part of her life. So far as her 
 own cure was concerned she might have been relieved 
 of the trouble by the fall with which she met. We 
 hear of such cases occasionally. The suffering she 
 experienced for a few days might have been the re- 
 sult of the reaction caused by the change, or it may 
 have been real miraculous faith-healing. The . Moon 
 is in her 3rd Sign, or rather leaving her 3rd, and Ve- 
 nus is in the llth coming into conjunction with Mars 
 
MONEY AND HEAVEN 129 
 
 at that time. Assuming that Mars in the llth caused 
 the trouble then Venus coming into conjunction with 
 Mars would relieve the trouble. From the stand- 
 point of planetary influence this would be a satisfac- 
 tory explanation. Apart from planetary influence it 
 is known that the mind has a powerful effect upon 
 the body. If you doubt it try a few experiments. 
 Some night when you are wrought up over an un- 
 pleasant occurrence, you have a splitting headache, 
 and feel wretched clean to your finger tips, think of 
 some beautiful, soothing verse that you have learned. 
 If you are inclined to worry keep a stock of these on 
 hand, for worry kills far more people than work. 
 Many diseases are brought on by worry pure and 
 simple, and as soon as you lose sleep it tells upon 
 your health. When you repeat these verses allow 
 yourself to relax and give them an opportunity to per- 
 meate your entire system. Keep repeating them un- 
 til they take effect, they will be worth any number 
 of doses of some opiate. In a short time your head- 
 ache will disappear and a peaceful, restful feeling will 
 steal over you right to your finger tips, just as the 
 wretchedness permeated your entire system. 
 
 We have been much interested in the discovery 
 which Commandant Darget professes to have made. 
 He claims that thought may be photographed from 
 the head and from other sensitive parts of the body as 
 well. From this fact we learn that thought per- 
 meates the whole body, unpleasant thoughts giving 
 pain, and pleasant thoughts relieving pain. The law 
 of transference might also be of assistance to our 
 friend in her work of healing the sick. When a per- 
 son was healed he was supposed to preach the gospel 
 of divine healing to others. In so doing he would be 
 brought into association with many who were sick 
 and infirm. His own illness would then take the 
 
130 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 form of associating with those who were ill. Such 
 changes are very frequently seen in the working of 
 planetary influence. This same law might have as- 
 sisted in working a cure for herself. In her latter days 
 Mercury and the Moon passed Neptune and the Sun 
 in her 2nd Sign and the money rolled in. She and No. 
 29 were born in the same year, but in a different 
 Sign. The llth and 12th in the former correspond 
 with the 1st and 2nd in the latter. 
 
 We have shown yon charts representing wealth ; 
 multimillionaires, most of them, from the 2nd Sign 
 back to the 2nd. Those whose wealth consists chief- 
 ly in money have a heavy 2nd Sign, and those whose 
 wealth consists in other possessions, show large con- 
 junctions in the other Signs, according to the form 
 their wealth takes. Some of them have trouble over 
 money. They keep their money tied up in business, 
 or have lawsuits and quarrels over it. 
 
 It is not necessary to illustrate bad money signs. 
 Mars causes quarrels and lawsuits or losses by fire, 
 Saturn causes delays, and money comes in very slow- 
 ly. A person having Saturn in the 2nd Sign in con- 
 junction with good planets accumulates wealth in 
 the latter part of his life. Saturn holds it back. Ur- 
 anus is a deceiver in money matters. A man may 
 have money and lose it, or he may see a prospect of 
 great wealth which never materializes. Conjunctions 
 of these planets bring combinations of trouble. The 
 2nd Sign, as has been said before, does not strictly 
 speaking govern wealth, it governs money. The only 
 way to acquire wealth is to put your money into 
 something indicated by the Sign in which your good 
 planets stand. If you study this book carefully you 
 will be able to fix upon the best point. With good 
 planets in the 1st Sign you should gain along the 
 line of clothing, education, and religion, or you may 
 
MONEY AND HEAVEN 131 
 
 gain by marriage. Good planets in the 2nd, banking 
 loans, etc. Good 3rd, anything connected with trav- 
 eling or writing, such as railroading, newspaper work, 
 book publishing, etc. Good 4th, land, mining, build- 
 ing, insurance, etc. Good 5th, traveling, appearing 
 before public audiences, education, stocks, betting, 
 gambling, etc. These latter also require a good 2nd. 
 Sign, if money is at stake. If something else is at 
 stake, watch the Sign under which it falls. The 12th 
 governs everything connected with animals and the 
 feet; even furs and anything procured from animals. 
 Floors and paving also come under the 12th, and 
 everything connected with food, eating, or drinking. 
 There is a peculiar connection between animals, eat- 
 ing, and the feet. We feed animals and also use them 
 for food, and we make foot-wear from the hides of ani- 
 mals. Our feet often come in contact with animals 
 and they also travel on floors and paving. A child 
 who is hungry will kick until he gets something good 
 to eat, then he makes a happy motion with his feet. 
 In the same way you can trace out an intimate con- 
 nection between those things which are governed by 
 any of the other Signs. At first sight the classifica- 
 tion seems arbitrary and senseless, but as we study the 
 indications of the Signs we cannot fail to see the 
 connection. 
 
 If you have good planets in two Signs, combine the 
 Signs in selecting an occupation. You must also 
 study the planets. If Neptune is under good influences 
 everything connected with water will prosper. Nep- 
 tune and the Sun for oil, Neptune and Venus 
 for fancy drinks, or art. Neptune and Mars 
 control the Navy and "fire-water'. The latter 
 do not come under good influences, but a 
 person having this conjunction in the horoscope will 
 incline to follow such occupations. Innumerable 
 combinations mav be formed. 
 
132 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 We have told you how wealth comes and we will 
 now tell you how heaven conies ; you cannot all have 
 money in abundance, but you can all have heaven. 
 Some men say, "I wish I could believe in heaven, but 
 I can't." Don't let the devil fool you out of heaven by 
 making you believe there isn't any such place. Re- 
 member that is where you are going to get your re- 
 ward for the $10.00 you gave a man when he was in 
 need. This man became your enemy, returned evil 
 for good and you never got any reward in this world 
 for your kind act, but God entered it in his account 
 book and will reward you for it ; he tells us to lay up 
 our treasure in heaven. God's revelation tells us of 
 heaven ; man's innate conscience tells him of heaven ; 
 nearly all tribes, no matter how barbarous, believe in 
 a future life, and future reward or punishment ; our 
 own reason also tells us that there must be a place 
 where the wrongs of life are righted. 
 
 There will be some great surprises in heaven; there 
 will be men there who never saw the inside of a church. 
 That poor fellow over in "Sing Sing" who fo'rgot his 
 own wretchedness in ministering to the suffering 
 ones around him will be there. True, the judge found 
 him guilty, but the judge did not inquire into his mo- 
 tives, or the causes leading up to the crime, or even 
 his past life. He inquired where he was born, how 
 old he was, and where he had spent the past years of 
 his life, and a few superficial questions such as could 
 have no possible bearing upon the degree of his guilt 
 or inncicence. If the poor fellow was honest enough 
 to plead guilty he got his sentence according to the 
 law. God does not judge in that way, "God looks 
 upon the heart." He says, you stole that money and 
 it was wrong, but you spent your life helping others 
 and saved nothing for yourself, and when you were 
 in want you took a little from some one who would 
 
MONEY AND HEAVEN 133 
 
 not miss it, and never gave his money to help another 
 man. You are forgiven for the wrong you have done ; 
 you have a large bank account in heaven, and your 
 present difficulty only cuts you down a few dollars. 
 God is your best friend ; he understands you from the 
 beginning to the end; with him the hairs of your 
 head are all numbered. "Sing Sing" is as near to 
 God and as near to heaven as any other place on the 
 earth. Whatever your position in life, don't let any 
 one fool you. into thinking there is no heaven, or em- 
 bitter you against God. 
 
 If God committed any crime against you it was 
 in creating you a free agent with the power to choose 
 right and wrong; when you choose the wrong don't 
 blame God. If you wish to go to heaven study the 
 passage we have quoted from the fifth chapter of Gal- 
 atians. If you belong to the former class you could 
 not enjoy heaven ; if you belong to the latter and keep 
 on good terms with God heaven is yours. 
 
134 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 CHAPTER XL 
 Traveling. 
 
 Here we have the greatest pleasure giver, the great- 
 est money waster, the greatest time spender on the 
 earth. It is also attended with great danger. Some 
 one will say, "Can't you figure out the times when 
 it will be least dangerous and travel at those times?" 
 Yes, we can where the person is merely going on a 
 pleasure trip, but so often we travel because we have 
 a particular reason for traveling at that -time ; it may 
 be illness or death among our friends, some business 
 to which we must attend, or some person we wish to 
 accompany. Often you cannot choose your own time 
 for traveling; when you can you should by all means 
 choose the best time. There is one thing certain, it 
 would not be well for a person to choose an occupa- 
 tion connected with traveling unless his horoscope 
 wag good at that point. We cannot but recall the 
 fate of the captain and crew of the steamer Rosen- 
 crans. It was wrecked three times, and the third time 
 the captain and crew were lost. Neptune has been in 
 conjunction with Uranus for several years. Mars 
 comes in once in ten months, or more, and this 
 is the time when trouble may be expected, special 
 trouble we mean. The first 3 months of 1913 are 
 said to have been more disastrous to shipping than 
 any period within fifty years. It is eighty years 
 since the same planetary conditions prevailed, and 
 strict regulations should be made with regard to ad- 
 equate provisions for life saving. The captain and 
 crew should have good horoscopes for the water ; that 
 is one place where astrology might be of great value. 
 A captain with good traveling indications will draw 
 passengers and crew having the same, and one with 
 danger in his horoscope draws passengers who belong 
 to that class. 
 
TRAVELING 
 
 135 
 
 Chart No. 32 and No. 33 we present in connection 
 with traveling. This is a famous writer who perished 
 with about 1500 others in the wreck of the 
 steamer Titanic. In chart No. 33 the Moon 
 appears in his 4th Sign, with all the bad 
 planets. Uranus, Saturn and Mars. The 4th Sign 
 stands for the home, or the place where you make 
 your abode. His evil planets being in the 
 4th, he met a tragic death in a cabin of the 
 ill-fated steamer; had these planets appeared in 
 the 3rd he would probably have been on the 
 water. We are reminded of the fact that he 
 
 NO. 33 AS A WRITER 
 
136 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 was once imprisoned for three months in con- 
 nection with something which appeared in his paper; 
 evil influences in the 4th lead to imprisonment in 
 many cases. It does not require any flight of the im- 
 agination to see a connection between being impris- 
 oned in a cell, and coming to a tragic end in the cabin 
 of a sinking steamer. It is said that he wrote the 
 description of a wreck, taking place in the same vi- 
 cinity m any years before ; we have failed to secure 
 the date. To those who understand the working of 
 astrology such a coincidence does not appear at all 
 strange. He would be liable to some presentiment 
 
 jl/b 33 
 
 EDITOR LOST AT SEA. 
 
TRAVELING 
 
 137 
 
 along that line whenever the Moon touched his 4th 
 Sign. No. 32 shows his connection with writ- 
 ing, every planet but one appearing in the 3rd and 
 4th Signs. The Sun in his 2nd gives him a good 
 pull on money. Besides having an influential place 
 as a newspaper man he published a number of books 
 which have been widely read. The little^ incident of 
 his imprisonment only served to advertise his works; 
 a man's enemies are frequently his best advertisers. 
 He occupied a high place in public esteem. Across a 
 page giving a short sketch of his life we find written, 
 "An irreparable loss." 
 
 MAN OF WEALTH IN DISASTER 
 
138 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 Chart No. 34 shows the death of a wealthy Amer- 
 ican on the Steamer Titantic. The Transits were the 
 same for every one in the world at that particular 
 time, excepting that they strike a different place in 
 the horoscope. You will notice Neptune in conjunc- 
 tion with Uranus, Mars and the Sun between the 1st 
 and 2nd Signs for both these men. In other horo- 
 scopes this conjunction would appear at a different 
 point. In that of No. 35 it appears between the 2nd 
 and 3rd. Neptune in conjunction with evil planets 
 at any point in the horoscope indicates evil connected 
 with water or liquids. No. 34 has Neptune forming 
 
 IVo 3 S 
 
 OFFICIAL OF STEAMER TITANIC. 
 
TRAVELING 
 
 139 
 
 a conjunction with Mars, Saturn, and Venus between 
 the 3rd and 4th Sign. Venus indicates women con- 
 nected with the tragedy ; in this case he was traveling 
 with his wife. 
 
 Chart No. 35 is that of a prominent official whose 
 life was saved from the Titanic. He shows a good 
 3rd and 4th in the Nativity. The Transits entering 
 the 3rd are bad, and his llth Sign shows X^eptune 
 in conjunction with Saturn indicating friends in dan- 
 ger of death by water. Jupiter in the conjunction 
 indicates a prospect of being saved. No. 35 shows an 
 evil 1st Sign with the Moon just passing out, indi- 
 
 DEATH AND BURIAL OF AMBASSADOR 
 
140 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 eating great trouble among women. He was getting 
 a taste of this when he begged the captain of the 
 Carpathia to give him a room where he remained 
 during the balance of the trip. The Nativity being 
 good in the 3rd and 4th Signs saved his life. 
 
 In No 36 the death and burial of the late United 
 States ambassador to England is presented. His 3rd 
 and 4th Signs connect him with the Navy. His Moon 
 is in the 3rd Sign with Mars and the Sun in the 4th. 
 The Sun in conjunction with Mars and Neptune in- 
 dicates distinction through the Navy, and his body 
 was brought to America on a British man of war. 
 
 ARCTIC EXPLORER 
 
TRAVELING 
 
 141 
 
 The Moon in the conjunction indicates the 'time. 
 Death occurring in the 3rd Sign is usually accom- 
 panied by traveling, either before or after death. 
 
 No. 37, an Arctic explorer, is now introduced. His 
 3rd Sign is good but his llth shows a rough time. 
 His Sign of friends was evidently in bad shape about 
 the time he made his Arctic voyage. Neptune is 
 there indicating distress on the water or connected 
 with water. Mercury is there showing trouble con- 
 nected with traveling, writing, or both. Saturn and 
 Mars are there to make the trouble, and the Moon 
 entering the Sign indicates the time. The scene is 
 
 TVo 3* 
 
 A RIVAL TO NO. 37 
 
142 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 laid in the Sign of friends among strangers, indicating 
 rough treatment at the hands of friends or rough 
 treatment to friends. 
 
 No. 38, his rival, shows a different horoscope, Nep- 
 tune being in a good position, standing alone with 
 Jupiter between the llth and 12th Signs; it shows 
 gain through friends, also connected with the water. 
 The Moon passed through the 12th Sign under good 
 influences, showing a profitable trip and gain through 
 the llth and 12th Signs. The Moon however passes 
 into his 1st Sign and it is bad for women. The Moon 
 is entering the 3rd Sign in 1913, and this Sign governs 
 
 A TITLED EXPLORER 
 
TRAVELING 
 
 143 
 
 traveling and written documents. The Sun in con- 
 junction with Mercury and Saturn there indicates 
 that he is distinguished by mysterious writings. Sat- 
 urn governs mystery. 
 
 In No. 39 we present the horoscope of a duke who 
 is a naval officer as well as a famous explorer. Mars 
 in his 3rd Sign leads him through the battle field in 
 his travels. Mars in conjunction with Neptune con- 
 nects him with the Navy, although the Sun not be- 
 ing in the conjunction, he may be more famous along 
 some other line. All his planets are in the 1st and 
 3rd Signs. One would think that he went traveling 
 
 LOST IN THE SOUTH SEAS 
 
144 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 to escape from the women. His 1st Sign is power- 
 fully strong, and his observation will be unusually 
 keen. He should discover many wonderful things on 
 his voyages. 
 
 We see nothing to indicate how far north any of 
 these explorers traveled. The Duke we believe lays 
 claim to having traveled nearly as close to the pole as 
 No. 38, and No. 37 claims to have located it as nearly 
 as it can be located. One question puzzles us; it is 
 said that the Earth travels around the Sun at the 
 rate of nearly 20 miles per second, and it travels on 
 its axis at the rate of about 20 miles a minute ; when 
 we reach the poles, however, the 20 mile a minute 
 speed is cancelled. The speed is lessened as you ap- 
 proach the poles until when you reach the poles, the 
 earth has only one motion, consisting of 20 miles a 
 second around the Sun. It seems probable that this 
 change would at least affect the atmosphere. No ab- 
 normal conditions or peculiar sensations have been 
 recorded thus far, unless the story of No. 40, who 
 lost his life in the Antarctic, reveals something of the 
 kind ; his bad planets are in the 12th and 2nd, show- 
 ing scarcity of food and provisions to be the cause of 
 death. Saturn opposite Saturn would lead to danger 
 from cold. Neptune governing water runs a conjunc- 
 tion with Mars and Saturn in the 12th Sign governing 
 food. Saturn stands opposite in the Transits. Ura- 
 nus stands in the 2nd both in Nativity and Transits. 
 Such a scene causes one to feel very sad. However, 
 if the captain and his brave comrades were good 
 men, they received a far greater welcome at their 
 homecoming than England ever could have given 
 them. 
 
 "They shall hunger no more neither thirst any 
 more, for the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne 
 shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living foun- 
 
TRAVELING 
 
 145 
 
 
 tains of waters : and God shall wipe away all tears 
 from their eyes." One would think this message was 
 written for just such a case. The captain's last 
 thoughts seem to have been of his men and his fam- 
 ily. This is the sort of man God w r ants in heaven ac- 
 cording to the test given in Matt. xxv. 
 
 In No. 41 we find a man who even in this age of 
 quick transit prefers to use his feet. At the age of 
 70 years he walked from New York to San Francisco, 
 the distance of 3,895 miles in 104 days and 7 hours, 
 and the following year he walked from Los Angeles 
 to New York, a distance of 3,483 miles, in 77 davs. 
 
 JVo. l+t. 
 GREAT PEDESTRIAN 
 
146 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 This feat is without parallel in the annals of pedes- 
 trianism. Our chart shows the position of the planets 
 when he first opened up his remarkable series of walk- 
 ing stunts. He has four good planets in the 12th 
 Sign, governing the feet, the Sun included. Persons 
 Having a strong 12th Sign are always fond of walk- 
 ing, driving, or horse-back riding, the 12th Sign be- 
 ing connected with animals and the feet; the 12th is 
 also connected with enemies ; this fact accounts for 
 the suffragist hikes that have puzzled so many. A 
 man when he is very much annoyed will rise and pace 
 the floor or start in to boot some person. A child will 
 
 A GREAT AVIATOR 
 
TRAVELING 
 
 147 
 
 dance on the floor to give vent to its outraged feel- 
 ings, but the women quietly take a hike to cool off 
 their indignation. They should be respected for not 
 adopting a more disorderly method of resentment. 
 No. 41 at 70 years of age has Venus leaving the 12th, 
 Mercury leaving the 4th, and the Moon entering the 
 3rd. The large conjunction around the Sun in the 
 Transits strikes his 12th Sign, giving a strong impe- 
 tus to the walking craze. 
 
 No. 42 is the horoscope of a man who represents 
 the latest thing in traveling, the aeroplane. It is said 
 that he has flown more miles than any other aviator 
 
 ROUGH SEA PASSAGE 
 
148 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 in the world. He was the winner of the first aero- 
 plane race across the country ever held in America, 
 the flight being from New York to Philadelphia. His 
 famous dip over Niagara Falls, under the great in- 
 ternational bridge, and through the gorge, and his 
 record breaking climb to a height of 11,642 feet at 
 Chicago are regarded as the last word in spectacular 
 stunts with an aeroplane. Neptune and Venus in 
 conjunction between the 3rd and 4th Signs would give 
 him success in his stunts around the Niagara Falls. 
 Uranus governs aeroplanes and Uranus forming one 
 of a large conjunction in the 2nd or money Sign, indi- 
 
 PASSENGER WITH NO. 43 
 
TRAVELING 149 
 
 cates money made through aeroplanes. Saturn and 
 the Sun in conjunction in the llth Sign indicate not- 
 able deaths among friends. 
 
 Planets in the 3rd Sign run a conjunction with 
 seven planets in the 2nd and 4th. 
 
 Charts No. 43 and 44 are those of passengers on a 
 steamer which encountered a very rough sea. In the 
 first chart you will notice Neptune in conjunction 
 with Uranus and Saturn in the 4th Sign and the Moon 
 between the 3rd and 4th, Mars standing opposite in 
 the Transits. The Sun and Mars and the conjunc- 
 tions opposite in the 12th represent food difficulties. 
 
 The second chart shows Neptune in conjunction 
 with Saturn between the 12th and 1st Signs and Mars 
 and Uranus in conjunction between the 2nd and 3rd 
 Signs, and Mars, Uranus and Neptune opposite in 
 the Transits. We find however that Jupiter, Venus 
 and Mercury also come into conjunction with the bad 
 planets. These we believe prevent disaster. A brief 
 account of the trip written by one of the passengers 
 is here given in verse. 
 
 A STORM AT SEA. 
 
 The good boat sailed with waters calm, and skies so clear, 
 The murmur of a wave you'd seldom chance to hear; 
 While she was gently gliding on the ocean's breast, 
 The weary passengers prepared for sleep and rest. 
 
 But oh the morn! We waken long before 'tis light; 
 A heavy rolling sea is all that greets our sight; 
 Our heads are swimming, hearts are sick, no sight of land; 
 The boat doth roll and plunge, and we can scarcely stand. 
 "We're in the straits," said one, "when we get out to sea, 
 The weather will be fine; the waves will calmer be." 
 While with our hands we held our seats both sure and fast, 
 Afraid that every dreadful hour might be our last, 
 A mighty wave just swept the creaking boat once more, 
 
150 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 And landed us into the middle of the floor. 
 
 The cook was one who didn't have his trials to make, 
 For ev'rything spilled that would spill, and ev'rything broke 
 
 that would break. 
 
 The dishes on the table then were hedged about, 
 And we were served with food we could not live without; 
 At last starvation won the day, so we did eat; 
 One hand did grasp the food, the other held the seat. 
 
 The second day and night, a strong head wind was ours, 
 The clouds were very dark, the air was full of showers. 
 The gale, like some dread monster, held the ship at bay: 
 We scarcely made a knot throughout the livelong day. 
 Then spake a sturdy man: "I've traveled much and far, 
 The gates of every land have stood for me ajar; 
 But never such a storm, has been my fate to see 
 "Twill be my very last upon an angry sea!" 
 
 And while the staunch old vessel rolled and plunged away, 
 Refusing still the captain's orders to obey; 
 The surging load of human freight found peace and rest, 
 In such a manner as occasion might suggest. 
 The weary mother sought to comfort oft her child 
 With thoughts of God and love, till heaven almost smiled, 
 Through such a dread and awful night as that! 
 The tearful maiden, as in lonely grief she sat, 
 Afraid to yield to nature's urgent call for sleep, 
 Oft sung in accents low, "The cradle of the deep.,, 
 The faithful husband's fears were skillfully concealed, 
 The loving father not one thought of self revealed; 
 While wretched woman lay in berths the waves had washed. 
 And children cried for decks the sea had lashed. 
 And yet, amid these terrifying scenes, we find 
 A group of reckless men, fair sample of their kind, 
 Regarding neither devil, God nor human life, 
 With tales of preachers ghosts and stiffs, the air was rife; 
 And when you could but hear the rattle of their bones, 
 Another interspersed a snatch from "Casey Jones." 
 
TRAVELING 151 
 
 Nor berth, nor sleep, we sought that livelong dreadful 
 
 night; 
 
 And when the steward appeared at early morning light, 
 "What's here?" quoth he. "A life preserver don't you see;' 1 
 "Such things are useless in a sea like this," said he. 
 
 But when we sought the deck that day, to know 
 How high the waves did rise, how strong the wind did blow, 
 A brighter hope than heretofore did light our way; 
 The wind had changed; we plunged ahead the livelong day. 
 We lingered long, and in the grandeur of the scene, 
 Forgot the angry sea the terror that had been. 
 The great dark waves, like hills, would rise to meet the sky, 
 Then splash, and roar, and suige, and foam as we passed by. 
 And oh, the blue blue waves! and oh, the white white 
 
 spray! 
 
 The softly plumaged birds, that ride the waves alway;, 
 The ever changing, restless, raging, awful sea! 
 A symbol of the life that is, and glory that's to be. 
 
 The great blue sky, with here and there a fleecy cloud, 
 Was stretched above; the kingly sun, so grand and proud, 
 Had cast a gleam of radiance on the distant shore: 
 Perchance some kindly watcher heard the ocean's roar, 
 And breathed a prayer for us, as we were passing by; 
 A plunging, heaving mass, against a stormy sky! 
 
 The heav'ns grew dark, then streaked with gold and red; 
 The sun did hide his face, the clouds great tear drops shed. 
 While many hearts grew faint, and hope was almost gone, 
 Our gallant boat, ev'n then, plunged on and on and on, 
 Just rocking like a cradle, heaving through the main; 
 While oft we held our breath, till up she came again. 
 
 Once more the clouds disperse the sun breaks forth 
 
 anew, 
 
 As if to take a peep at what the storm might do; 
 But see! another dark and threatening storm doth rise; 
 Another brightly tinted cloud is painted in the skies; 
 The heav'ns break, and in the sea, a shower of hail 
 
152 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 Doth dot the water white, like some fair ladies' veil. 
 
 How wonderful! we ask you to behold the scene; 
 The surging, white capped blue, is changed to emerald green. 
 But oh! a boat heaves up between us and the shore, 
 A plunging mass, perhaps five miles away or more: 
 Like some great frightened steed, she rears up in the air, 
 And while we watch, remains a few short moments there; 
 Then down she goes! the smoke stack all that we can see; 
 God pity her! T'were better on the land to be. 
 
 And yet again, the glory of the scene did change; 
 The water turned to golden brown, with beauty strange: 
 The marvels of the water, beauty of the sky, 
 Kaledioscopic scenes that with each other vie! 
 The grandeur of the heavens, wonders of the sea, 
 Forecasting ev'n the glory of that which is to be, 
 No words can e'er describe, or painters brush portray: 
 Sweet compensation these, for those who brave the day. 
 
 At last tired nature claims her own, we fall asleep; 
 And waking all is still; A start and then a peep, 
 Oh joy! the lights! The lights are those of Golden Gate. 
 We pass into the harbor. All's well, but two days late. 
 Sea never seemed so calm, sky never seemed so blue, 
 Sun never shone so warm, God never seemed so true, 
 As when our storm-tossed souls in peace and safety lay- 
 Our good old ship at rest in San Francisco Bay. 
 
GREAT WRITERS 153 
 
 CHAPTER XII. 
 Great Writers. 
 
 In introducing the subject of literature, we do not 
 hesitate to express the opinion that the Bible takes 
 first rank ; not only as a revelation of God's will to 
 man, but as a great literary work. There are sections 
 in the Old Testament, where we would prefer to see 
 the language modernized; and there are little .inac- 
 curacies which have crept into it, either in the original 
 manuscript or in the work of translation. We do not, 
 however, agree with those who proclaim the ignor- 
 ance of the Apostles. True, some of them were fish- 
 ermen, and yet they may have been men of splendid 
 mental ability, and possessing a fair degree of learn- 
 ing; their writings do not savor of- ignorance. In 
 Matt. xix:28, we are told that at the last day they 
 should sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve 
 tribes of Israel ; this will surely be no mean position 
 to occupy. It has always seemed a matter for regret 
 that Christ himself did not leave a manuscript, but 
 he seems to have done very little writing; the Apos- 
 tles were his scribes. 
 
 We cannot give the horoscopes of any Bible writ- 
 ers, and as we have from time to time given many ex- 
 tracts from its pages, we pass on to consider a few 
 of the great names of the nineteenth century. 
 
 There are all sorts of styles from which to select. 
 There is the easy, simple, graceful, lucid style, that 
 we all enjoy when our time is limited for reading. 
 Then there is the deep, philosophic, mystical, vision- 
 ary style, that was our bugaboo in school days. You 
 remember in the literary class how the professor 
 would raise his eyes so as to peer over his glasses, 
 and call Miss S to explain what was meant by a cer- 
 tain passage; then he would ask Mr. M if he caught 
 
 10 
 
154 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 the meaning there; and after wrenching an explana- 
 tion of some sort from at least half a dozen members 
 of the class, who were anxious to distinguish them- 
 selves, he would finally, out of the whole muddle, 
 formulate a conception of some sort which he volun- 
 teered as a correct interpretation of the thought 
 which the author wished to convey. In our opinion, 
 time is too precious, and brain matter too expensive, 
 to be wasted after any such fashion. Then there is 
 a style often seen in poetry, where you find a few 
 beautiful gems in a rough and rugged setting like an 
 oasis in a desert or a patch of blue sky after a rain- 
 storm ; the gem glitters more beautifully by contrast 
 with its surroundings. 
 
 Sometimes, during excursions among book-shelves, 
 we see a long row of books entitled : "Literary Criti- 
 cism", "The Literary Critic", "Library of Criticism", 
 etc. ; some of them beautifully bound, and really try- 
 ing to pose as works of art. We never look inside 
 those books. The man who wrote them should have 
 been improving his talent in trying to place some- 
 thing of merit on the shelves himself, instead of 
 tearing down the building of another; trampling laur- 
 el wreaths and hard earned trophies in the dust. If 
 he thinks a book is not good let him write a better, 
 and let the great amalgamation of brain power 
 throughout the world decide upon its merits. Her- 
 bert Spencer on hearing his father praise a book re- 
 marked : "I could write a better book on the subject 
 myself", and he gave the world his best. Sometimes 
 snarly bits of criticism are found in ordinary biogra- 
 phy books, although many are beautifully written and 
 worthy of the highest commendation. We recollect 
 in a sketch of Sarah Bernhardt reading something 
 about her eccentricities. This sentence, which is cop- 
 ied word for word, appeared: "Among her other ec- 
 centricities she once got married." If there was any- 
 
 
GREAT WRITERS 155 
 
 thing eccentric about the manner in which she was 
 married it was not stated ; the case was not explained. 
 The writer then went on to mention her interest in 
 sculpture and art, classing them as eccentricities. 
 Some persons naturally have such jealous natures 
 that they cannot see anyone above them without try- 
 ing to pull them down. He who builds on another's 
 ruins is building the devil's structure. 
 
 Xow a few words on newspapers. If we were look- 
 ing around for a place where we could live a quiet 
 life, and yet have a mighty influence in the world, we 
 would qualify for newspaper work. Talk about min- 
 isters ; they deliver an address to a very limited num- 
 ber once or twice a week, while the newspaper man 
 has his fling at a few thousand every day. If he can't 
 mould public sentiment it is not the fault of his op- 
 portunity, particularly in these days when there is 
 so much excitement in the air, and everyone must 
 read the newspaper. His opportunity is great and his 
 responsibility is correspondingly great. The daily 
 paper is certainly a wonderful commodity. For a 
 penny you can get the news from every part of the 
 world, and if there is any part of the world you don't 
 hear from, you know that nothing important took 
 place in that locality. We might write for hours 
 upon the wonders of the newspaper, and the mighty 
 influence which it is privileged to wield, but space 
 will not permit. Newspaper men are very clever. 
 They can dispose of almost any question that arises 
 in a satisfactory manner, and make mince meat of 
 their opponents on the shortest notice. Editorials are 
 written while you wait, and news is carted out whole- 
 sale ; we cannot wonder if it is not always accurate. 
 The newspaper is also a great advertiser. When you 
 slide from the path of rectitude, and trouble overtakes 
 you, it joyfully spreads the news far and wide by 
 
156 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 special dispatch, and never charges you a cent. Some- 
 times we hate it and yet we cannot live without it. 
 
 Chart No. 45 gives you the author of "Treasure 
 Island," novelist and poet. His mother was gifted 
 with the pen and his father was a lighthouse builder. 
 Each of these come under the 3rd Sign hence the writ- 
 ing talent inherited by the son. Uranus and Saturn 
 in the 12th Sign subjected him to chest trouble all his 
 life, and also caused him to write in a weird gloomy 
 and pathetic strain. Good planets appearing in the 
 3rd and 4th gave him his beautiful home in the Sam- 
 oan Islands. He seems to have been happily married 
 
 J\fo. L+ $ 
 POET AND NOVELIST 
 
GREAT WRITERS 157 
 
 although Uranus, Saturn and Mars guard the 1st 
 Sign; ill health took the place of marriage affliction. 
 His first trip to America was made while the Moon 
 was in his bad 12th Sign and his death occurred when 
 the Moon came to the 12th again. He died very sud- 
 denly while planning a lecture tour in America; he 
 was talking gaily with his wife when he threw his 
 hands to his head and dropped dead. His death re- 
 minds us of the story of a man who was a Christian 
 and yet was never heard to pray. Every night he read 
 the Bible and gave utterance to the words, ''Good 
 night, Lord Jesus, good night." This great novelist 
 and poet had traveled on intimate terms with death 
 all his life and he only required to say, Good night, 
 O death, good night. His death scenes are among his 
 greatest masterpieces. His rural descriptions eman- 
 ating from the 3rd and 4th and his poems to children 
 emanating from the llth Sign, take on a more cheer- 
 ful form governed by good planets in these Signs. 
 
 In No. 46 the author of the "Bonnie Brier Bush," 
 we have an eminent clergyman and writer born ten 
 days earlier than No. 45 ; for this reason a striking 
 resemblance between the two horoscopes is observed. 
 No. 46 also suffered from chest troubles coming under 
 the 12th and he excelled in pathetic scenes. A com- 
 parison of the lives of these two men would prove 
 very interesting, but space will not permit. Like all 
 other novelists they select their characters from those 
 with whom they come in contact. Apart from the 
 characters introduced their writings are very similar 
 particularly where they both use the Scotch dialect. 
 No. 46 was very fond of animals, many touching ref- 
 erences being made to those in his writings. He was 
 also very much attached to uncles and aunts who were 
 removed by premature death ; grief of this nature 
 arises from a bad 12th Sign ; so also does the interest 
 
158 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 which he manifested in the Boer War. He delivered 
 lectures upon the subject and received many letters of 
 which he said : "About half the people seem to think 
 I am a prophet and the other half an ass. From this 
 I would infer that I am in de middle ob de road." In 
 Great Britain 256,000 copies of "Beside the Bonnie 
 Brier Bush" were sold and in America 484,000 and it 
 is said that not a single unfavorable review has been 
 traced. This may be accounted for by the fact that 
 Mercury and the Sun stand between the 3rd and 4th 
 Signs, and no evil planets enter into the conjunction. 
 Any book could be criticised but his horoscope did not 
 draw criticism. 
 
 CLERGYMAN AND WRITER 
 
GREAT WRITERS 
 
 159 
 
 Xo. 47 the author of "Columbus" and many other 
 beautiful poems is a writer who had a very romantic 
 career. At one time he is adopted by a tribe of Indi- 
 ans, and taking an active part in their savage raids ; 
 and at another he is feasted and flattered by royalty 
 itself. The Moon in conjunction with Mars and Ur- 
 anus in the llth and 12th Signs leads him to camp 
 with the Indians and to visit Mexico where he joined 
 a filibustering expedition. The Moon in the 3rd and 
 4th with 5 good planets to 1 bad draws success ; while 
 under the benign influence of these planets he becomes 
 lawyer, judge, editor and poet. His horoscope works 
 
 A WESTERN POET 
 
160 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 like a see-saw up in the 3rd and 4th Signs and down 
 in the llth and 12th. Nothing but disappointment 
 hovers over his children Sign. When ill health takes 
 the place of trouble to children, his daughter comes 
 to care for him in his last illness. His 12th Sign indi- 
 cates wild animals and the following lines emanate 
 from it. 
 
 ''This mad sea shows its teeth to-night; 
 He curls his lips, he lies in wait, 
 With lifted teeth as if to bite." 
 
 His passionate love for the beautiful in natural 
 scenery emanates from the 3rd and 4th Signs and is 
 illustrated by the following lines. 
 
 "Be this my home till some fair star, 
 
 Stoops earthward and shall beckon me ; 
 
 For surely God-land lies not far 
 
 From these Greek heights and this great sea." 
 
 Uranus and Mars in the llth, the Sign of friends 
 leads him to take a deep interest in the unfortunate 
 ones of the earth. The following lines are evidence 
 on this point. 
 
 "In men whom men condemn as ill, 
 
 I find so much of goodness still, 
 
 In men whom men pronounce divine 
 
 I find so much of sin and blot, 
 
 I hesitate to draw the line 
 
 Between the two where God has not." 
 
 A little story told of this poet illustrates in a strik- 
 ing manner the influence of the 12 Sign. While vis- 
 iting at the home of a lady in England his hostess 
 after a prolonged search found him rolled in a rug 
 skin upon the floor. "Where have you been?" said 
 she. "In hell, madam," was the reply. The moon in 
 his 12th Sign with Mars and Uranus led him to throw 
 
GREAT WRITERS 161 
 
 himself on the floor and roll up in the skin of an ani- 
 mal. It may be that hell comes under the 12th; a 
 huge amount of misery emanates from it that is cer- 
 tain. Physicians say that melancholia comes from 
 liver derangement and impaired digestion, and the 
 12th Sign governs the stomach and liver, so that we 
 have a combination of the 12th Sign afflictions ; wild 
 animals, the floor, melancholia, and it may be hell. 
 The Sun, Mercury and Neptune in the 4th not only 
 gave him a wonderful poetic instinct but gave him 
 his beautiful home by the sea as well. Jupiter we 
 think stands for mountains, Saturn for the earth, 
 Venus for flowers and decorative features, the Sun for 
 light and warmth, Mercury for birds, boats, and trav- 
 eling, and Neptune for the water. Here we have the 
 scene complete. Uranus and Mars are between the 
 llth and 12th Signs and affect both equally. 
 
 No. 48 is a great English scientific writer who in- 
 herited philosophic language and ideas from his father 
 and uncle who educated him. This style of language 
 became as familiar to him during his childhood days 
 as the language of the street does to most boys of 
 to-day. He also had 12th Sign troubles. When a 
 boy he was sent to his uncle to be educated and he 
 became so homesick, that he started for home on foot 
 walking 47 miles a day with very little food, and 
 being too tired to sleep. Finally a driver took pity 
 on him, but to add to his troubles his parents were 
 angry when he reached home. His father however 
 allowed him to remain for a time before sending him 
 back. A combination of 12th Sign trials are found 
 here; traveling on foot, hunger, and enemies. 
 
 Some of our poor little boys think that those who 
 have rich parents don't "have any troubles but such is 
 not the case. The poor woman weeps because she 
 must give her children out to be cared for, while she 
 
162 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 earns the daily bread, and the wealthy mother bun- 
 dles her children up bag" and baggage and sends them 
 off to be educated where she may not see them for 
 months. The poor man comes home from work foot- 
 sore lame and weary, and the rich man goes off on 
 a hunting, fishing, or exploring trip and comes home 
 the same way. Such is life. A strong llth Sign in No. 
 48 is responsible for his dealing so much with geneal- 
 ogies and kindred topics. 
 
 No. 49 is a clever American writer who contributes 
 largely to magazines and periodicals. He frequently 
 writes in an epigrammatic style and this may be laid 
 
 AN ENGLISH SCIENTIST 
 
GREAT WRITERS 
 
 163 
 
 to the fact that his 3rd Sign is unusually strong and 
 his 4th weak. The 4th is the constructive Sign and 
 leads to building long sentences, also to writing po- 
 etry. If the 4th Sign were stronger he would also be 
 more inclined to build books. As it is he scatters his 
 work broadcast as he writes. 
 
 His 2nd and 3rd Signs remind us of a story we once 
 heard. A boy was told by his mother to keep away 
 from the berry patch, but he disobeyed her and in re- 
 turn received a good lecture. Why didn't you say 
 "Get thee behind me Satan," asked the mother. "I 
 did," replied the boy, "and he pushed me right into the 
 berry patch." 
 
 !\fo- Zf 9- 
 AX AMERICAN JOURNALIST 
 
164 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 Planets behind a Sign always work more strongly 
 than those ahead of it, and the 3rd Sign in No. 49 has 
 a good backing. We imagine it would be much easi- 
 er for him to write than to refrain from writing; his 
 work should also be a financial success. His disser- 
 tation on Beethoven is a very fine selection. Here he 
 deals with the relation between great genius and 
 great suffering. From an astrological standpoint 
 there are several reasons for the fact to which he calls 
 attention. In the first place persons who sway hu- 
 manity must have a powerful emotional nature, and 
 this renders them especially sensitive. In the second 
 place the good planets are frequently centered around 
 
 A GREAT HUMORIST 
 
GREAT WRITERS 
 
 165 
 
 one point, leaving the evil planets to stand alone at 
 some other point. When the Moon strikes the good 
 planets great success follows, and when the Moon 
 strikes the evil planets, suffering arid sorrow are cor- 
 respondingly heavy. In the third place many planets 
 changing in a horoscope cause it to work very strong- 
 ly, producing great genius and causing great suffer- 
 ing as well. 
 
 Xo. 50 is the author of "Tom Sawyer" and "Huckle- 
 berry Finn;" his 3rd Sign is also very strong. Mer- 
 cury and Venus form a conjunction in his 5th and 
 llth giving him success in appearing before public 
 audiences, and in writing for children. He is the 
 
 RUSSIAN WRITER AND REFORMER 
 
166 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 boys' favorite. The material for the stories men- 
 tioned was gathered from actual experience while the 
 author traveled as pilot-boy on the Mississippi river. 
 He is a man who had a large funny bump and saw the 
 humorous side to every question, besides he had no 
 strong 12th Sign to give a melancholy tinge to his 
 writing. He was also a gifted lecturer and a man 
 who evinced an interest in every public movement for 
 the betterment of humanity. 
 
 No. 51, a famous Russian writer and reformer, 
 shows a very different horoscope from No. 50, whose 
 writings were largely connected with traveling. The 
 strong 12th Sign in No. 51 connects his w r ritings with 
 
 BLIND HYMN WRITER 
 
CxREAT WRITERS 167 
 
 war, political war, civil war, and religious war. Plan- 
 ets in the 1st and llth Signs run a conjunction with a 
 strong 12th and this leads him to give some attention 
 to the question of education ; it also throws a spice of 
 love into his writings. He opened up his career as 
 a soldier while the Moon was in his strong 12th, but 
 Venus and Mercury forming a conjunction in the 3rd 
 Sign led him to adopt literature as a profession. Later 
 in life when the Moon passed through his 12th Sign, 
 he feared he was about to die and deeded all his 
 property to his family, but he lived for many years 
 afterwards. As another result of his strong enemy 
 Sign, he was excommunicated from the church 'in his 
 old age. He is a fearless writer and one who is read 
 throughout the world. Three good planets between 
 the 3rd and 4th draw very strongly in land. 
 
 No. 52 is a blind hymn-writer who has reached the 
 venerable age of 93 years, and who still finds life 
 sweet. Although blind all her life she has shed the 
 light of peace, love, and happiness around many 
 troubled souls. It is said that she is the author of 
 6000 hymns. "Safe in the Arms of Jesus", Rescue 
 the Perishing", and "Only a Beam of Sunshine", are 
 among her most popular. Many who sing the latter 
 are not aware that it was written by one who never 
 saw the light of the sun. The influence of her leading 
 Sign, the llth, runs strongly through all her poetry. 
 It shows the sweet trustfulness of the child, and a 
 tender heart toward humanity. She taught in a blind 
 school and was also married. Although Saturn ap- 
 pears in her 1st Sign she probably married happily, 
 as physical trouoie coming under the 1st would take 
 the place of marriage trials. Chart 52 shows the po- 
 sition of the planets when she became blind. Saturn 
 occupies the part of the Sign governing the eyes, and 
 opposite to it stand Mars and Saturn in the Transits. 
 No good planets appear in 'the conjunction. 
 
168 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 No. 53 is a singer and hymn-writer who was as- 
 sociated with D. L. Moody in evangelistic work. He 
 is best known by such hymns as "Hold the Fort for 
 I am Coming", and "Pull for the Shore." The former 
 was written at the time this famous message was sig- 
 naled by W. T. Sherman. Saturn, Mercury, Mars, 
 and the Moon appear in the 12th Sign ; Mars stands 
 for war, Saturn for imprisonment or blockade, and 
 Mercury for messages. The writer served in the army 
 for a short time in his younger days. "Pull for the 
 Shore" originates in the 2nd and 3rd Signs where 
 Uranus, Neptune, and the Sun form a conjunction. 
 Neptune stands for water, Uranus for falling, and the 
 
 SINGER WHO PERISHED IN A DISASTER 
 
GREAT WRITERS 
 
 169 
 
 Sun for distinction. Here the death of the writer is 
 vividly portrayed, and Chart 53 illustrates his death 
 as his train crashed through a bridge and was plunged 
 into the water. Uranus and Saturn stand opposite 
 in the Transits and the Moon is coming into his 1st 
 Sign. 
 
 Closely associated with his name is the writer of 
 "Ninety and Nine" and "When the Mists Have Rolled 
 Away." No. 54 is taken at the time No 53 met 
 with his death, and the Moon appears in the llth 
 Sign with Saturn, Mars, and the Sun, indicating death 
 to friends in a tragic manner. Neptune, Mars, and 
 the Sun in the 12th give rise to his famous hymn 
 
 HYMN WRITER AND SINGER 
 
 10 
 
170 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 "The Ninety and Nine." ' Mars stands for wild ani- 
 mals, and Neptune and the Sun for domestic animals. 
 There is also a reference to water in this beautiful 
 hymn. "When the Mists Have Rolled Away" indi- 
 cates a misunderstanding with some friend, arising 
 from Mars and Saturn in the llth Sign. In this chart 
 eight out of nine planets are changing ; his wonderful 
 success in his chosen calling may be attributed to this 
 fact. 
 
 No. 55 is a very accomplished lady who although 
 blind and deaf has written a story of her life. This 
 chart is taken at the age of 19 months, when she be- 
 came deaf and blind. Mars and Uranus between the 
 
 ACCOMPLISHED, THOUGH DEAF AND BLIND. 
 
GREAT WRITERS 171 
 
 2nd and 3rd Signs, with Uranus in the Transits, 
 caused this affliction. Had the Moon not entered the 
 3rd Sign for a number of years, Uranus in the Tran- 
 sits would have moved away from Uranus in the Na- 
 tivity, and the danger would have been greatly les- 
 sened. In 1913 Venus and Mercury are forming a 
 conjunction in her 2nd Sign with the Sun and she 
 should draw money through writing. Mercury will 
 pass Venus between the 2nd and 3rd Signs, and this 
 should cause her to forget about the incident of the 
 "Frost Fairies." It is quite possible that she and 
 Miss Canby might have written the stories as they ap- 
 peared without either one having been acquainted 
 with the work of the other, particularly if their horo- 
 scopes were similar. We have not secured Miss Can- 
 by's but their charts might be similar although they 
 were born a number of years apart. No. 55 should be 
 encouraged in every way to utilize her writing talent ; 
 she should write either poetry or fiction well. We be- 
 lieve that all writing, music, painting, oratory, etc. 
 is a gift from the unseen, not only the talent but the 
 theme itself in all its details. It is said that Ludwig 
 Beethoven composed his best music after his hearing 
 had left him, and on one occasion while he was lead- 
 ing the orchestra the performance was greeted by 
 such a storm of applause that police officers were 
 called in to quiet the crowd. Beethoven stood with 
 his back to the audience, oblivious of what was taking 
 place, until someone motioned to him to turn around. 
 Without some power behind him a deaf man would 
 be helpless in leading an orchestra ; the accomplish- 
 ments of No. 55 are quite as wonderful. It is quite 
 possible that those who are shut off from the world 
 in a measure by the loss of their senses develop super- 
 natural powers, by coming into closer touch with the 
 unseen than would otherwise be possible for them to 
 do. Helen Keller says, "Our world lies upward ; the 
 
172 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 length and breadth and sweep of the heavens are 
 ours." This can truly be said of the blind Milton, 
 who brought the heavens down to our very feet. 
 
 CHAPTER XIII. 
 Actresses. 
 
 A certain type of horoscope and certain physical 
 qualifications are required for the successful actress. 
 The physical make-up we regard as coming by way of 
 heredity, as some of the prettiest faces we have seen 
 belong to girls who have naught but bad planets in 
 their 1st and 2nd Signs, governing the face. If bad 
 planets in the 1st Sign develop disease, they may mar 
 the beauty of the face, or good planets may enable the 
 subject to dress becomingly and thus enhance the 
 beauty of the face, but beauty is primarily a matter 
 of birth. 
 
 If an actress is fitted for her position she knows it 
 as soon as she appears upon the stage; her audience 
 will be likely to know it too. Here is the experience 
 of one of our leading actresses who had tried various 
 vocations : "The very first night I knew that acting 
 was the art for me. It seemed as if I had come home 
 after being away a long time. I felt that I had come 
 into my own." After the first night's performance she 
 took a position as leading lady, and held it. The. 
 same may be said of every profession, if it is that for 
 which we are especially fitted we should feel at home 
 in it from the first. The most essential point in the 
 horoscope of an actress, singer, or any one who is to 
 appear before the public is a strong llth Sign. The 
 llth Sign governs friends among strangers, and if it 
 is strong we will appear at our best before them, and 
 be happy and at home among them. 
 
ACTRESSES 173 
 
 Did you ever go to spend the evening at the home 
 of a friend where the lady met you at the door and 
 was so delighted to see you, she was just wishing 
 for some one to come in didn't know how she was 
 going to pass the evening in the monotony of home 
 life? Her husband, however, feels quite the reverse; 
 he was planning to spend the evening at home with 
 his family or his books, and regards the visitor as an 
 intruder; he withdraws to a quiet corner until he 
 overcomes his disappointment, and then with a strug- 
 gle proceeds to the reception room to entertain the 
 unwelcome company. She has a strong llth Sign 
 while her husband has not. Couples frequently mate 
 this way; opposites attract, and one who is very fond 
 of society is liable to get a person who is of a retiring 
 nature. It is absolutely necessary however that an 
 actress, or anyone desiring to make a success of the 
 stage, should have this delighted to see you feeling. 
 
 A person with a retiring disposition makes a close 
 student and deep thinker; he may become a great 
 writer, painter, sculptor, scientist, or inventor, but 
 should shun the public platform. 
 
 The llth Sign governs the heart, and when it is 
 strong produces a highly emotional nature, particular- 
 ly if coupled with a strong 1st Sign. These are the 
 leading Signs in the horoscope of a successful actor 
 or actress. The 5th and llth Signs also govern chil- 
 dren, of which actresses are usually very fond. Ethel 
 Barrymore, who has two children of her own, knows 
 nothing on earth comparable to the joys of mother- 
 hood ; she even hints that all American women should 
 feel as she does on the subject, but Ethel Barrymore 
 must remember that all American women have not 
 her horoscope, and could not all appreciate children 
 as she does, neither might they be so successful with 
 them. 
 
174 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 The 1st and llth Signs running strong as we have 
 said before give a highly emotional nature, great fond- 
 ness for the opposite sex and great power over them 
 as well. Actresses of the present day are waking up 
 to a realization of their powers along that line, and as 
 a result they are no longer satisfied with anything 
 less than the capture of a multimillionaire. In many 
 cases, however, their love affairs do not terminate 
 happily, many of them do not terminate in marriage 
 at all. Those who have a strong marriage Sign usu- 
 ally have one or more bad planets in it. We have 
 heard it asserted by more than one person in a posi- 
 tion to know something of the question, that an ac- 
 tress could not be found who was strictly moral, and 
 that many of them developed into monsters of im- 
 morality. We would be sorry to believe such an as- 
 sertion, but one thing is certain ; their temptations 
 are far greater than those of the average man or 
 woman for various reasons, the principal being the 
 location of the planets in their horoscopes. The 1st 
 and llth are the Signs which tend toward love-mak- 
 ing, and you will notice that they are strong in the 
 charts which will be presented. 
 
 Chart No. 56 represents one of the world's greatest 
 actresses, now 70 years of age. Taken at birth she 
 gives us these two Signs almost equally strong, all 
 the planets at that time being placed in the 1st and 
 llth Signs. Venus passes through the 12th and 1st 
 Signs. In 1913 it leaves the 2nd Sign and Mercury is 
 in the llth. Mercury has passed nearly twice around 
 her horoscope, so you will see that 'Mercury is the 
 only planet to leave the conjunction during her life 
 time; Venus is only leaving the 2nd in 1913._We con- 
 sider this the strongest possible position for an emo- 
 tional actress. A strong 1st Sign not only gives 
 depth of feeling, but it imparts the power to grasp 
 
ACTRESSES 
 
 175 
 
 great thoughts, and to assume for the time being the 
 tumultuous passions of another man's soul, and to 
 interpret these in- such a manner as to strike deep in- 
 to the heart and intellect of the hearers. A strong llth 
 Sign brings her into rapport with her audience, and 
 insures for her that appreciation which is essential to 
 success. Even at seventy years of age this remark- 
 able woman cannot be robbed of the glory due her. 
 Planetary conditions are coupled with a remarkable 
 physique. She still plays every day, and this shows 
 that acting is a real craze with her. Any profession 
 to become a great success must assume the form of 
 a mania with the subject; she must become buried in 
 
 WORLD'S GREATEST ACTRESS 
 
176 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 it to such an extent that nothing can take its place. 
 
 Mile. Genee, the famous dancer, tells us that. unless 
 we are willing to sacrifice everything else in order to 
 perfect the art of dancing it would be better not to 
 begin. She says in part: "I went to live with my 
 uncle and aunt, who were Danish dancers, when I 
 was eight years old, and I was immediately placed in 
 the school. We had dancing all day long, and talked 
 it at our meals." Genee is also said to be a delightful 
 comedian, but this talent she subdues to what she 
 considers to be her own peculiar art, that of dancing. 
 If you would reach the top of the ladder you must 
 decide upon your one special talent and subduing all 
 
 FAMOUS ON THE STAGE 
 
ACTRESSES 
 
 177 
 
 minor talents press on. There is always room at the 
 top. We have not secured Genee's birthdate, but you 
 will notice a strong 12th Sign combination, uncles 
 and aunts, eating and dancing. 
 
 In No. 57 we have another actress with a chart 
 nearly as strong as the first. Her career was opened 
 up at eight years of age and she was married at six- 
 teen, so you see her talents and natural propensities 
 came with her birth. One planet stands between the 
 2nd and 3rd Signs. 
 
 No. 58 which follows also shows one planet be- 
 tween the 2nd and 3rd Signs and the balance in the 
 
 ACTRESS AND WRITER 
 
178 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 1st and llth Signs. She developed writing talent, 
 and when she had married and retired from the stage 
 she published several books. 
 
 No. 59 shows a very strong llth Sign, but is not so 
 strong in the 1st. She made many warm friends and 
 was very much admired, but did not draw so many 
 love affairs as is the common lot of actresses. Jupiter 
 draws money, and in conjunction with Saturn devel- 
 ops special writing talent under the 3rd Sign. Early 
 in life Mars passed the Sun between the 10th and llth 
 Signs ; Saturn guards the entrance to the 4th, and 
 these bring loss by fire and war. Her home was 
 
 A GREAT POLISH ACTRESS 
 
ACTRESSES 
 
 179 
 
 burned when she was but a little girl, and later on 
 she grieved very much over the Polish wars which 
 caused great distress in her native country. 
 
 In No. 60 we present an actor on the date of his 
 fifth marriage ; Saturn, Mars, and the Sun govern his 
 marriage Sign; Mercury is in the 1st Sign at present; 
 and Uranus and Venus govern the llth. The Tran- 
 sits are running strong on these two Signs, the Moon 
 being in the 1st and the Earth in the llth. The Moon 
 in the Nativity is leaving the 2nd Sign with Mars in 
 the Transits hence he tells us that he is bestowing 
 all his worldly goods upon his wife, and giving her 
 
 A NOTED ACTOR 
 
180 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 an interest in all his business. It seems incredible 
 that a man who has made four failures in matrimony 
 should still place sufficient confidence in the relation- 
 ship to warrant his staking all his business interests 
 in it. It is a sad day when hope dies out in the hu- 
 man heart, however. It is the day of the suicide. 
 This actor developed talent very early in life. His 
 face in youth shows the faculty of imitation very 
 strongly marked. He also shows very keen percep- 
 tives; nothing would escape his eye. 
 
 It was reported that another comedian was mar- 
 ried to his fifth wife on the same day. It is worthy of 
 note that these two were born near the same time. 
 We have not secured the exact birthdate of the lat- 
 ter, so that we cannot compare them. They may have 
 been born six months or a year apart, and if so would 
 come under the same Sign, and the permanent plan- 
 ets would occupy the same position. 
 
MUSIC 181 
 
 CHAPTER XIV. 
 Music. 
 
 In line with the thought that has been introduced 
 in Chapter VI. we wish to quote from a brief music 
 review published in a daily paper. A chart of one of 
 the performers for the evening is also presented. You 
 will notice that the Moon is in conjunction with six 
 planets, also with the Earth. This conjuncton ap- 
 pears in the horoscope of every performer, and also 
 in the horoscope of every member of the audience in 
 the Transits. Under such conditions superior music 
 is produced, and the audience is prepared to appreci- 
 ate the efforts of the performers. The article is 
 headed "Best Music Kver Heard in City." The fol- 
 lowing program given by a fifty piece band is de- 
 scribed as follows : 
 
 "The evening's entertainment opened with the se- 
 lection entitled 'Entry of the Gladiators.' The next 
 number was the remarkable overture 'Triumphale' 
 which was composed in commemoration of the invas- 
 ion of Moscow by Napoleon in 1812, and is a wonder- 
 ful tone painting of that great disaster. After the in- 
 troduction depicting the terror of the inhabitants, the 
 Russian hymn is brought in and is immediately fol- 
 lowed by the prayers of the people for victory. The 
 burning of the city and the flight of the Russians are 
 vividly portrayed, and the defeat of the French. The 
 triumphal return of the Russians is announced by the 
 fan fare of trumpets, leading to and concluding the 
 painting with the magnificent Russian Hymn. The 
 rendition of this masterpiece brought forth a storm of 
 applause. This was followed by a euphonium solo 
 composed by the player, a fantasia on 'Silver Threads 
 Among the Gold.' The light opera 'Broadway Re- 
 view' was enthusiastically received, and the patriotic 
 
182 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 overture 'America' concluded the concert numbers." 
 The Moon in conjunction with six planets calls for 
 great variety in the music presented. No. 61, a mem- 
 ber of the band whose chart is given below, shows a 
 large conjunction in the Nativity, opposite the 2nd 
 and 3rd Signs ; it governs both the mouth and the 
 hands. Had the same program been given under 
 Saturn several days earlier, it would have been en- 
 tirely out of place. Saturn gave a concert, but it was 
 very different. The concert was a sacred one led by 
 Negro singers. It was subdued, slow, and solemn 
 throughout, pathetic in part, but not a single change 
 came in to break the monotony. The crowning touch 
 
 JVo.bi- 
 IN THE BAND 
 
MUSIC 
 
 183 
 
 of the evening was "And I sat down there alone, and 
 I couldn't hear anybody pray." The reference is pri- 
 marily to some one sitting alone in a prayer-meeting, 
 but the author makes each verse tell of some trying 
 place in life where you sit down there alone and can't 
 hear anybody pray. It is a little piece that though 
 simple in itself is full of meaning. Saturn believes in 
 sitting alone. Many with Saturn in their marriage 
 Sign have sat there alone and couldn't hear anybody 
 speak. The program was well rendered for one of 
 its kind, and the only kind that could be effectively 
 rendered under Saturn placed by itself. Each planet 
 
 THE "SWEDISH NIGHTINGALE 
 
184 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 produces its own style of music, and this feature of 
 planetary influence would form a deep study. 
 
 No. 62 is a great Swedish singer, who has been 
 dead for some years. You will notice that all her 
 good planets are in or near the llth Sign, giving her 
 the greatest possible measure of success in appearing 
 before the public. We do not for one moment think 
 that planetary influence gave her a wonderful voice; 
 her voice was probably inherited. Had she not pos- 
 sessed a remarkable voice, her success would have 
 taken some other form. No. 28 has a similar 
 horoscope, but drew the cash in a different manner. 
 It is said that she spent a large portion of her im- 
 
 A FAMOUS SOPRANO 
 
MUSIC 
 
 185 
 
 mense earnings on charitable enterprises in her own 
 country. If so her llth Sign represents the treasure 
 she has laid up in heaven. According to the teaching 
 of the Bible we cannot have our treasure in heaven 
 and on earth as well. 
 
 Xo. 63, the next Chart to be presented is that of 
 another celebrated singer. Her father and mother 
 were noted musicians, and at three years of age she 
 learned the airs her mother sang. She was presented 
 with many jewels of rare value. Her love affairs 
 however did not run smoothly. We find Venus be- 
 tween Mars and Saturn, and Uranus in the marriage 
 Sign with Jupiter and Neptune. You are supposed to 
 
 A FAMOUS CONTRALTO 
 
 13 
 
186 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 have as many love affairs as you have planets in the 
 1st Sign. We will not vouch for the truth of this, al- 
 though it may be so. No. 63 has as strong a conjunc- 
 tion in the llth Sign as No. 62, but two planets are 
 bad. This might indicate that she is not so univer- 
 sally admired as the former, although she draws as 
 large an audience. No. 63 excels in the rendering of 
 love songs. 
 
 We have now the pleasure of presenting No. 64, a 
 great contralto, in 1913, who was born in Germany. 
 Her llth Sign is stronger than that of No. 62 or No. 
 63. The Moon is now in her 2nd Sign, but six years 
 ago it was in the llth Sign. She has two bad planets 
 
 LEADER IN ORATORIO 
 
MUSIC 
 
 187 
 
 there, however. No. 64 is very fond of children, as 
 are all those having a strong llth Sign. Here is an 
 extract from a letter she wrote replying to a request 
 to sing for the school children in one of our cities. 
 "Greetings to the dear, dear children of S . Please 
 tell your, OUR beloved blessed little and bigger chil- 
 oren that I will sing for them on Saturday morning-." 
 Those appearing frequently before public audiences 
 should have and usually do have a great big heart for 
 children. As a singer she excels in lullabies and 
 cradle songs. 
 
 No. 65 is a leader in Oratorio. Her llth is not so 
 strong as those in the preceding horoscopes, but Ve- 
 
 Jl/o Gb 
 FAMOUS PIANIST 
 
SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 nus and Mercury form a conjunction there with Sat- 
 urn and the Sun, the Moon passing through during 
 the conjunction; and this marks her llth as the lead- 
 ing Sign in her chart. She favors the oratorio : 
 urn in the llth in conjunction with the Sun would 
 indicate this. These are the only permanent planets 
 she has in the llth Sign. 
 
 No. 66 is a famous pianist. It is said that he played 
 the piano at three years of age, and studied harmony 
 and counterpoint at twelve years of age. While quite 
 young he made his debut as a virtuoso with instant 
 success. He played only his own compositions. You 
 will notice that Mercury and Venus have come into 
 
 LEADER IX MILITARY BAND. 
 
MUSIC 189 
 
 conjunction with Jupiter and the Sun at birth. The 
 Moon is also there and the evil planets are not in 
 the conjunction. Neptune is the only good planet 
 not in it. Three planets stand around the llth Sign, 
 but the heavy conjunction is between the 3rd and 4th 
 Signs. This is the best point for piano playing and 
 more especially for composing music. He might not 
 play by note as readily as if he had a stronger 1st 
 Sign. His eye might not be so quick. Five good 
 planets formed a conjunction around the Sun in child- 
 hood. This with an inherited talent for music led 
 him to be one of the greatest piano players the world 
 has ever seen, with also a special talent for compos- 
 ing. 
 
 Xo. 67 is the leader of one of the finest concert 
 bands in the world. He has made five triumphal 
 tours through Europe, and his marches have netted 
 him the greatest royalty ever paid an American com- 
 poser. His 3rd Sign gives him success in performing 
 with his hands or in composing. Saturn governs 
 slow, measured, subdued movements, and Mercury 
 light, quick movements; the Sun would govern cres- 
 cendo effects, so that his music should not be at all 
 monotonous. Mars in conjunction with four good 
 planets in the 12th Sign, gives a strong military cast 
 to his compositioris. The 12th Sign governs the feet 
 and four good planets there would give him phenom- 
 enal success with marches. He inherits a talent for 
 music, indicated by the formation of the brain and 
 developed by practice, and his horoscope indicates 
 the form his musical talent is to take. 
 
 No. 68 is a famous Bohemian violinist. His father 
 played the violin and began to teach him at five years 
 of age. He made his first public appearance at the 
 
190 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 age of eight years, and is pronounced one of the most 
 gifted violinists of the century. You will notice that 
 his planets are evenly distributed over four Signs, the 
 2nd, 3rd, 4th and 5th. There is no special pull on 
 composing and we do not hear of him as a composer. 
 There are two planets in the llth bringing him be- 
 fore the public in person. His 1st Sign is connected 
 with his 5th by a regular chain of planets. His 2nd 
 Sign insures financial success. Uranus and Mars in 
 the 3rd give him the striking originality for which 
 he is noted. 
 
 (Vo.bl 
 GREAT VIOLINIST 
 
ML'SIC 
 
 191 
 
 Xo. 70 is the Chart of a popular comedian who com- 
 poses his own songs. At the age of ten he began his 
 theatrical career in a play written by his father. His 
 greatest hit was a musical comedy entitled "Little 
 Johnny Jones", written while the Moon was in con- 
 junction with Jupiter and the Sun between his 1st 
 and 2nd Signs. He also has another good point in 
 his horoscope which lies between his llth and 12th 
 Signs. This gives him his name "The Yankee Doodle 
 Boy" ; martial and patriotic sentiment coming from 
 the 12th Sign, and children from the llth. His llth 
 Sign should insure a good reception from a public 
 audience. It is said that his articulation is almost 
 
 Jlfo. 70- 
 
 LEADER IX COMEDY 
 
192 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 perfect. Jupiter and the Sun between the 1st and 2nd 
 Signs govern this faculty. 
 
 We have spoken of the formation of the brain in 
 connection with music. It may be interesting to 
 those who have not studied phrenology to know the 
 supposed indications of music in the brain. You 
 should notice the forehead above the outer corner of 
 the eye ; fullness there indicates time and tune strong- 
 ly developed. If the adjoining faculties are well 
 developed it will give breadth and fullness to the fore- 
 head ; if the adjoining faculties are not well developed 
 a ridge will appear extending from the corner of the 
 eye upward. In a picture the ridge may take the 
 form of a high light. 
 
 There is also another point connected with the 
 wearing of the hair that is worthy of notice. Singers 
 usually wear their hair short, and players, particular- 
 ly piano and violin performers, wear their hair long. 
 This tendency we attribute to the habit of connecting 
 the 3rd Sign with the 1st. The 1st Sign governs the 
 eyes and the 3rd the shoulders, arms, and hands. The 
 hair worn over the neck and touching the shoulders, 
 connects the part of the body governed by the 1st 
 Sign with the part governed by the 3rd Sign. This 
 habit is so strongly developed in those who play on 
 instruments that they cultivate along with it the hab- 
 it of wearing the hair long. 
 
PAIXTERS 
 
 193 
 
 CHAPTER XV. 
 Painters. 
 
 Xo. 71, the first great painter to be introduced, is a 
 famous Italian who was also a gifted poet. The first 
 chart is a picture of a very sad event in his life ; it is 
 read principally in the Transits. At first sight, his 
 marriage Sign appears good, but a very unfortunate 
 combination in the Transits causes the death of his 
 wife, after giving birth to a dead child. You will no- 
 tice that Mercury and the Moon are entering the 
 llth Sign, and were it not for the fact that Uranus, 
 
 
 A'o-7/ 
 PAINTER AND POET 
 
194 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 Mars and Saturn are all changing at the same time 
 with Mercury, the Moon and the Earth, Mercury in 
 the llth would bring nought but good. A number 
 of planets changing at the same time take the form of 
 a conjunction. Uranus is changing from the 1st Sign 
 opposite the Moon in the Nativity; this is very unfor- 
 tunate. It also forms a conjunction with Mars in the 
 2nd Sign ; but this was not all ; his grief was so great 
 that he flung a manuscript of poems ready for the 
 publisher into the casket. You will notice a bad com- 
 bination between the 3rd and 4th Signs, the point for 
 writing; the planets there are all changing. How- 
 ever, a few years later he published a volume which 
 
 NO. 71 AFTER DEATH 
 
PAINTERS 
 
 195 
 
 was hailed with a shout of admiration. Jupiter and 
 Venus in the 1st Sign doubtless caused his married 
 life to be very happy while it lasted. Good and bad 
 planets running a conjunction in the marriage Sigii 
 frequently bring death. A preponderance of bad in- 
 fluences usually brings separation. In that case there 
 is nothing good connected with it. 
 
 Our 2nd Chart, Xo. 72, is taken six years after the 
 death of the great artist ; you may think that a 
 strange proceeding, but you know many talented per- 
 sons are not appreciated while they live. We would 
 expect that this artist would reach the height of his 
 fame, years after his death. This is certainly a pow- 
 
 J1/0-V3. 
 LADY ARTIST 
 
196 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 erful combination in his 3rd Sign. We have met with 
 abundant evidence to prove that our horoscopes gov- 
 ern our memory and any property which we may 
 happen to leave behind us. 
 
 No. 73, a lady painter, is now introduced. The gen- 
 ius who wields the brush has very few planets in the 
 llth Sign; he does not require to come before the 
 public; neither are many planets found in the 12th 
 unless he paints animals or war scenes. A strong 1st 
 leads to portrait painting, and a good 2nd causes the 
 work to be a financial success. A strong 3rd and 4th 
 is essential to any good painter. No. 73 has all three 
 bad planets between the 3rd and 4th. Such combina- 
 tions although often disastrous impart great genius 
 and striking originality. 
 
 The two following charts. No. 74 and No. 75, illus- 
 trate the genius of a great French artist. The 
 strongest point in his horoscope strikes him at eight- 
 een years of age. Someone says of him that he was a 
 celebrated man before he reached the age of twenty 
 without any teaching; he was always drawing as a 
 child, and his best work was done when most artists 
 are painfully acquiring a knowledge of the art. There 
 was such a great demand for his work that he never 
 found time to perfect himself in it. For this reason 
 his paintings have been severely criticized by those 
 who were regarded as an authority in such matters. 
 He died while still a young man, worn out with ex- 
 cessive production. 
 
 You will notice a conjunction of Mercury and Ve- 
 nus with the Moon between the 3rd and 4th Signs at 
 the age of eighteen. You will also notice the Sun, 
 Neptune and Uranus in the 2nd Sign. Neptune and 
 Uranus we believe stand for paint, and the Sun in the 
 conjunction indicates a distinguished painter. Ap- 
 pearing in the 2nd Sign they indicate financial sue- 
 
PAINTERS 
 
 197 
 
 cess; the same conjunction appears between the 3rd 
 and 4th in the horoscope of No. 71. 
 
 In his younger days No. 74 did a vast amount of il- 
 lustrating; as he grew older larger paintings took 
 their place. Jupiter and Saturn, the largest planets 
 standing alone in the 3rd Sign, would govern large 
 paintings ; Venus and Mercury draw smaller and 
 more quickly executed work. Shortly before his 
 death Venus and Mercury come into conjunction 
 with Mars in the 12th Sign. Such a conjunction gives 
 us scenes from the battle field and illustrations of 
 Dante and Milton : also the crucifixion of Christ. His 
 
 GREAT FRENCH PAINTER 
 
198 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 later productions deal with the weird and tragic. 
 
 Christ leaving the Praetorium is one of his most 
 famous paintings. The Moon .passing Venus and 
 Mars in the 12th near the 1st Sign gives us the crown 
 of thorns. "Did e'er such love and sorrow meet, or 
 thorns compose so rich a crown !" 
 
 No. 76 is a famous American illustrator who spec- 
 ializes on portrait work. Every planet touches the 
 spot ; four planets between the 3rd and 4th indicating 
 expert hand-work, and five in the 1st Sign indicating 
 portrait work. Had No. 76 been a lady he would 
 have made an expert milliner, as the 1st Sign governs 
 the upper part of the head. You will notice that he 
 
 71/0.7 tf 
 NO. 74 AT MIDDLE AGE 
 
PAINTERS 
 
 199 
 
 usually gives us a hat and that his hats are quite as 
 wonderful as his faces. Even the men usually wear 
 a tasteful head-covering. Xo. 76 will be more suc- 
 cessful with the faces of women than he will be with 
 the faces of men or children ; all his planets standing 
 in the 1st and 3rd indicate this. He should allow noth- 
 ing to come between him and attaining perfection in 
 his chosen calling. There is always room at the top 
 of the ladder. He tells us that motherhood pictures 
 take with the public. He should try the Madonna. 
 No picture has ever been painted of her, to our 
 knowledge, that did not leave room for a feeling of 
 disappointment in looking at it. 
 
 /l/o. 76 
 FAMOUS IN PORTRAIT WORK 
 
200 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 No. 77 is another artist who has distinguished him- 
 self as an illustrator. He has one planet in the 1st 
 Sign and he gives us just one girl, a very nice girl 
 to be sure. She is long ago known as the Gibson girl, 
 and is described by Jupiter. If any of you young men 
 have Jupiter alone in the 1st Sign you will know that 
 your one girl will resemble the Gibson girl. He also 
 has two good planets in the 12th Sign and should be 
 even more successful with animals than he has been 
 with girls. Some years later Mercury passes into his 
 1st Sign, and then he will probably give us another 
 girl ; Mercury indicates a youthful girl. Mercury also 
 in its present position indicates young or small ani- 
 
 SUCCESSFUL ILLUSTRATOR 
 
PAINTERS 
 
 201 
 
 mals. Not long since we counted four or five dogs 
 and cats, in one of his illustrations. They were 
 perched around on tables and chairs in the most be- 
 witching poses imaginable. No one who did not love 
 animals would ever think of sketching a cat on a 
 table. His style lends itself admirably to the fur and 
 shaggy hair of animals. With Jupiter, Mercury, and 
 the Sun there and no evil planets, he should be very 
 successful. The Sun standing between the llth and 
 12th should give him success with men and children 
 as well. 
 
 No. 78 is a French lady who became a great ani- 
 mal painter. A little sketch of her career should 
 
 LADY ANIMAL PAINTER 
 
 14 
 
202 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 prove interesting. Her mother died when she was 
 quite young, and as she afterwards says, the family 
 "migrated like birds having no settled abode." Her 
 father sent her to a private school for a time, where 
 after a good many escapades she capped the climax by 
 organizing a sham fight on the grounds. In this fight 
 the flower beds were nearly demolished, and she was 
 sent home. Mars in the 1st Sign indicates fighting in 
 connection with school ; later on it would govern love 
 affairs. She was never married, however. A friend 
 once mentioned the subject to her, and she replied 
 that she didn't believe any man ever really loved her, 
 but she hadn't time even to think of it. Her time and 
 energy were devoted entirely to her art. Her father 
 was an artist with a studio in his home, so that early 
 in her teens the art of painting began to monopolize 
 all her spare time. Her fondness for animals devel- 
 oped while she was quite young, and she turned her 
 father's studio into a menagerie. We hear of ponies 
 running up and down stairs after her, and young 
 lions having the freedom of the house ; her lions 
 died ; one she nursed for a month and he died in her 
 arms. 
 
 We have drawn the Chart at the time when the 
 "Horse Fair" was given to the public ; it was praised 
 beyond description. You will notice two planets gov- 
 erning the 12th are in the llth Sign, and that leads 
 her to be very fond of young baby animals. 
 
 The Franco-Prussian war lay very heavily on her 
 mind, and in her distress she turned to painting as 
 her only solace. Her llth Sign leads her to make 
 life long friends among women. She visited England 
 and was feasted and flattered wherever she went. She 
 wrote to a friend that English people seemed to eat 
 all the time. Her 3rd and 12th Signs had changed 
 from painting and animals to traveling and eating; 
 this is an example of the law of transference. 
 
PAINTERS 203 
 
 Her llth and 12th Signs coupled with the 3rd, con- 
 trolled every event of any importance during her life. 
 She took cold in traveling and died after a short ill- 
 ness. Her 1st Sign did not call for extravagance in 
 dress and she often wore trousers; in handling ani- 
 mals and painting on a large canvas this style of 
 dress was most suitable. She devoted her life to the 
 art of painting and she has had her reward. 
 
 We may have more than one special talent but we 
 must select one of these and consider all others sub- 
 ordinate to this one. We want to close our eyes and 
 ears to everything else for a time and allow the spirit 
 of the theme to permeate our souls. Happy is he who 
 can pitch his tent on the mountains removed from the 
 bustle and distracting influences of earth. Mr. But- 
 ler says, "Who that has visited a mountain top but 
 what has felt that he was inspiring the breath of the 
 gods?" When we sit upon a high crest, and look out 
 upon a broad expanse of beauty, we imagine that this 
 is where the spirits dwell and can almost hear the 
 rustle of their wings. You will notice that Christ, 
 when he wanted to teach the people some great and 
 lofty truth, took them out into a mountain. His 
 greatest sermon is known as the "Sermon on tm: 
 Mount." When he desired to gain strength for the 
 agony of the Cross he went up into a mountain 1 > 
 pray, but when he went out to be tempted of the devil 
 he went into the wilderness. From the mountain cop 
 we will gain inspiration for the work before us, al- 
 though we may not all find it convenient to retire to 
 the hill-tops ; in that case we must form the habit of 
 concentrating all our powers on the theme before us. 
 
 We should also be careful not to work until the 
 mind is fatigued. There are times when we can ac- 
 complish far more than at other times, and this is an 
 important point to study. Take No. 76 for example. 
 During the months of July and August he should be 
 
204 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 very successful. The earth is in his 1st Sign from 
 the middle of July to the middle of August. The 
 Moon will pass through his 1st and 3rd Signs several 
 times, and these will be his best times for work, in 
 September he should rest. October and November 
 again will be a good time for work, and December a 
 good time to rest. You should work while the Earth 
 and Moon are opposite large conjunctions and rest 
 when they are passing through the weaker Signs. By 
 this means one should accomplish much more in a 
 given time and yet not overtax the brain. July, Aug- 
 ust, October, November, January, and February 
 should be his best months for work, and this gives 
 him September, December, March, and June for re- 
 creation. We are assuming that by choosing the 
 most suitable time for work he will accomplish as 
 much in a year as he would by working every day, 
 and he should produce better work. We all know 
 what it means to settle down to a task when we can- 
 not concentrate our thoughts upon it ; we have chosen 
 a bad time for our work. What applies to No. 76 ap- 
 plies to all ; his horoscope has been chosen to illus- 
 trate because of his planets being banked up in two 
 places. His horoscope is at the strongest point in 
 1913, and he should allow nothing to stand in the way 
 of attaining perfection in his chosen calling. He is 
 still a young man, mentally considered, and should 
 produce a few masterpieces if he is spared to reach 
 old age. In a few years Venus will be found in the 
 2nd Sign and Mercury in the 5th. Mercury in the 5th 
 will give him greater success with children. The 
 Transits also will at times work strongly on the 5th 
 and 6th Signs. 
 
 Those who would attain to great heights in their 
 chosen calling should avoid dissipation of every sort. 
 Late hours, rich food and stimulants are brain and 
 nerve wreckers; avoid these as you would poison. 
 

 PAINTERS 205 
 
 We recollect reading a story of a painter who died ; 
 his work being left on his easel for years after- 
 ward. Another artist called to see his Studio and 
 what was his surprise to find a picture which he him- 
 self had completed, standing half finished on the easel. 
 This incident was narrated in support of the reincar- 
 nation theory. We do not believe in reincarnation 
 and would not wish to believe in it; one trip through 
 this vale of tears will be sufficient for most of us; it 
 is quite probable however that the dead artist may 
 have inspired the living artist; it is also possible that 
 the same unseen influence might have prompted the 
 production of the picture in two different cases. This 
 is a similar instance to that of Helen Keller and the 
 "Frost Fairies." 
 
 We cannot compare horoscopes in either case. 
 
206 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 CHAPTER XVI 
 Inventors. 
 
 No. 79 is the Chart of an inventor, who requires no 
 introduction to the world. His horoscope doubtless 
 goes a long way toward making him what he is ; the 
 resemblance between his Chart and that of his rival 
 No. 80, goes to prove this fact, and yet we believe 
 that early training contributed greatly toward making 
 him a man of genius. He was trained at home by 
 his mother who was a teacher, and it is said that his 
 father paid him for every book he read. When he 
 
 GREAT INVENTOR 
 
INVENTORS 207 
 
 first gained access to a good library he conceived the 
 idea of reading it through. He read it is said 15 feet 
 in a straight line, mostly scientific works. All this 
 goes to show that the studious nature he developed 
 when a child had much to do with his success in after 
 life. He built a printing press of his own and delight- 
 ed in experimenting with chemicals. Doubtless these 
 traits were due to the reading he had done. You will 
 notice that he has a good llth Sign and has gained 
 greatly by friends on many occasions. A man whose 
 child he rescued from a passing train taught him tel- 
 egraphy, and later a company by whom he was em- 
 ployed paid him a large sum for his inventions be- 
 fore he realized their value; this gave him a start in 
 life. He has doubtless since benefited by those in 
 his employ. His devotion to the work has also been 
 a great factor in making him one of the foremost 
 inventors of the century, for he simply buries himself 
 in his laboratory and allows nothing to come between 
 him and the fulfilment of his purpose. We believe 
 that an ecliptic conjunction of Neptune and Saturn 
 in his horoscope is the leading element making for 
 inventive success; then we notice that Venus and 
 Mercury form a conjunction with the Sun and Mars 
 between the 12th and 1st several years from now. 
 Apparently No. 79 has not yet reached the climax in 
 his career. Five planets are changing around the 
 llth Sign. 
 
 No. 80, whose horoscope appears below, has given 
 his name to the telephone and has otherwise proved 
 himself a very formidable rival of No. 79. The for- 
 mer was born on February llth and the latter on 
 March 3rd of the same year, and there is consequent- 
 ly a striking resemblance between the two horo- 
 scopes. One being born in Aquarius and the other in 
 Pisces, the planets appear one sign earlier in the 
 latter chart. We believe that the same conjunction 
 
208 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 which has given No. 79 success in the line of inven- 
 tion has caused his partial deafness, Neptune and 
 Saturn in the 2nd Sign. In Chart No. 80 it appears 
 in the 1st Sign, leading him to take an especial inter- 
 est in those who are deaf. He has been a teacher in 
 a school for the deaf and has made many improve- 
 ments in the methods of teaching. This is also his 
 marriage Sign. No. 80 should be accomplishing gieat 
 things these years. Mercury and Venus are in con- 
 junction with the Sun in his horoscope. 
 
 Associated with No. 80 is No. 81, the hero of the 
 motorcycle and aeroplane; he developed inventive 
 genius while very young. Our chart shows the posi- 
 
 ft/0 
 RIVAL OF NO. 79. 
 
INVENTORS 
 
 209 
 
 tion of the planets at three years of age; not long 
 after this time he was making gas generators with to- 
 mato cans. His father died at four years of age with 
 the Moon leaving the 3rd in conjunction with Ur- 
 anus ; the same influences that brought about his fa- 
 ther's death, gave him success in planning great in- 
 ventions. Some one says that he was obsessed with 
 the idea of traveling fast, and his 3rd Sign gives him 
 a tremendous impetus in the line of travel. 
 
 Neptune in the 12th would lead him to wade in the 
 water. He was also connected with a school for the 
 deaf, having a sister who was sent there. He has 
 Mars and Uranus in the 3rd Sign. Great trials and 
 
 INVENTOR OF MOTORCYCLE AND BIPLANE 
 
210 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 great successes often travel together. His third aero- 
 plane was a success from the beginning. This is one 
 of many examples we might give of the effectiveness 
 for good or evil of the number 3. 
 
 Last but not least is No. 82, the great California 
 naturalist and plant breeder. He has originated 
 many new plants by cross-breeding and selection, and 
 his development of the thornless cactus has made him 
 famous ; Mars placed between Jupiter and the Sun in 
 the 12th has given him this great victory. The 3rd 
 Sign governs vegetation of a scenic nature and the 
 12th vegetation used for food. The 12th, 1st, and 3rd 
 Signs have made him what he is. He has also devel- 
 
 
 NATURALIST AND PLANT-BREEDER 
 
INVENTORS 211 
 
 oped new varieties in fruits; considerably over one 
 million plants being raised each year by way of ex- 
 periment. Mr. Carnegie gave him a grant of $10,000 
 a year for ten years to insure the undisturbed contin- 
 uation of his work. He also occupied the position of 
 special lecturer at Leland Stanford University. A 
 close conjunction of Neptune and Saturn appears in 
 his horoscope just as it does in No.'s 79 and 80. 
 
212 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 CHAPTER XVII. 
 Land, Engineering, and Building. 
 
 Many large land owners are given in this book, 
 and your attention has frequently been called to these 
 indications. No. 83 is a man who owns a 10,000 acre 
 ranch and is a poet as well. Ranching and poetry 
 should harmonize very nicely; both require a good 
 4th Sign and close proximity to nature. Jupiter and 
 Saturn in the 12th Sign run a conjunction with Nep- 
 tune in the 1st. These three planets control animals 
 and food-stuffs. All his planets are around the 12th 
 
 POET AND RANCHMAN 
 
FOURTH SIGN 
 
 213 
 
 and 4th Signs, the 12th for animals and food and the 
 4th for land and writing. 
 
 No. 84 is a real estate dealer who might have been 
 wealthy had he not invested the money made in land 
 in a hotel and livery stable. Mercury and Venus are 
 in conjunction with Jupiter, Neptune, and the Sun in 
 his 4th and 5th Signs at birth, and Venus and Mer- 
 cury come into conjunction with the Moon between 
 the 2nd and 3rd Signs about sixty years of age. The 
 influences in his 12th Sign are very bad, indicating 
 losses in animals and food-stuffs. He should have 
 avoided all such investments. 
 
 REAL ESTATE AND HORSES 
 
214 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 No. 85 is the chart of a civil engineer who published 
 an engineer's field book. Uranus and Saturn in the 
 4th indicate traveling over rough ground and scienti- 
 fic investigation connected with land. This conjunc- 
 tion is common in the horoscopes of surveyors, civil 
 engineers, and natural scientists. Venus and Mer- 
 cury form their conjunction in the 4th, indicating that 
 this is the Sign by which he will be distinguished. 
 
 No. 86 is the chart of an architect, lie was edu- 
 cated in music, but became interested in architecture, 
 particularly skeleton construction work. He engin- 
 eered many high office buildings and theatres, and 
 
 CIVIL ENGINEER 
 
FOURTH SIGN 
 
 215 
 
 was president of the Building and Engineering Co. 
 of New York. 
 
 As his chart was being worked, we noticed that his 
 2nd Sign contained a large conjunction; from this 
 fact we suspected that he was a large dealer in capi- 
 tal or was in a position where he handled large sums 
 of money. Referring to a sketch of his life it was 
 found that he was a bank director. Money in the 2nd 
 Sign is connected with building in the 3rd and 4th. 
 Uranus between the llth and 12th indicates danger 
 to friends from falling; this feature being incidental 
 to work on high buildings. 
 
 FAMOUS ARCHITECT 
 
216 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 Chart No. 87 is that of another builder. When four 
 planets appeared in the 12th we said, he must special- 
 ize in cement, paving, or flooring, and it was found 
 that he had written a book on "Limes, Cements, Mor- 
 tars, and Concretes." He had also written on "Drain- 
 age" and "Constructive Details." You will notice 
 that Neptune is in the 12th Sign with Mars, Uranus, 
 and Jupiter ; these should cover the question of drain- 
 age. The remaining planets in his horoscope are on 
 each side of the 4th Sign ; all entering and leaving the 
 Sign ; they work very strongly. The 4th Sign gov- 
 erns every kind of constructive work, and gives me- 
 chanical genius. The 3rd governs the hands so that 
 
 ARCHITECTURE AND PAVING 
 

 FOURTH SIGN 217 
 
 the 3rd and 4th are very closely allied. This is where 
 musicians and writers get their ability to compose, 
 and the surgeon gets his power to wield the knife 
 successfully. A good 4th Sign ensures order and me- 
 thod, and usually indicates a person of superior ex- 
 ecutive ability; it is also very essential to the mother 
 of a family ; it enables her to keep her house in order 
 and to darn and mend for the little ones. A house- 
 keeper requires such a diversity of talent that one 
 cannot expect any woman to excel all around. Her 
 12th Sign governs cooking, and this is very essential ; 
 her 1st enables her to manage the man and this is also 
 very essential. One would think a man would be 
 ashamed to even admit that he required a woman to 
 manage him, but most of them very quickly blame the 
 woman if she does not prove a success in this very pe- 
 culiar office. A woman on being accused by her hus- 
 band of not knowing how to manage a man, replied 
 that she expected to get a man who could manage 
 himself; she would not thank any man to manage 
 her: and this seems to be common sense. In addition 
 to this duty however she must have a 2nd Sign that 
 will produce a strong pull on receipts, and keep a 
 tight rein on disbursements; a 3rd and 4th that. will 
 produce numerous dainty articles for her home and 
 family, and keep the dust out of the nooks and cran- 
 nies ; and a 5th that will guarantee love and obedi- 
 ence from her children. 
 
 In addition to these she must be attractive, and al- 
 ways presentable to the gaze of the fashionable world. 
 Now where can she have her bad planets? That is a 
 puzzle for some one to solve. 
 
 In Chart No. 88 you will notice a similar horoscope 
 to that of No. 86. Although different planets occupy 
 the 2nd and 4th Signs. No. 88 has Mars in his 3rd 
 situated between Mercury. Jupiter, Venus and the 
 Sun. This position brings him gain through fire or 
 
 15 
 
218 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 war; he therefore manufactures machinery for \var- 
 vessels. Mars in a good position favors the produc- 
 tion of iron and steel or anything that is moulded by 
 the application of heat. He ueld membership in many 
 organizations and was President, Vice President or 
 Superintendent of not a few. Mars does not always 
 bring good luck in the 4th Sign. We have noted a 
 number of cases where it led to destruction of build- 
 ings by fire. 
 
 No. 89, who had a newspaper plant damaged by 
 fire, shows Mars, Mercury, and the Sun in the 4th, 
 Mars standing for fire, the Sun for a notable fire, and 
 
 Ml 
 
 MANUFACTURING MILITARY 
 
 SUPPLIES 
 
FOURTH SIGN 
 
 219 
 
 Mercury for writings connected with fire. Under the 
 present conjunction of Mars occurring in June, 1913, 
 a series of fires took place culminating in the destruc- 
 tion of another newspaper plant, and a fire was also 
 discovered in a library. 
 
 Chart No. 90 represents another series of fires, re- 
 sulting in damage to property and loss of valuable 
 writings. Here the Sun, Mars, and Mercury also ap- 
 pear in the 4th. It is usually taken for granted that 
 when a series of fires occurs they must be of incendi- 
 ary origin, but this is not necessarily the case ; in 
 such a horoscope as we have shown there would be 
 great danger from fire at any time while the Moon re- 
 
 LOST NEWSPAPER PLANT 
 
220 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 mained in conjunction with these planets. In this 
 case they would remain in the conjunction for three 
 years. Three accidents frequently occur in succes- 
 sion, where the influences are working strongly. Dr. 
 Talmage had his church burned three times; after the 
 last fire he moved to another city. The third time 
 usually winds up the streak of luck. The fact that 
 you usually break three dishes before your luck 
 changes has often been remarked, and we have fre- 
 quently noticed the same phenomenon in connection 
 with other things. If an event happens twice it is 
 very liable to happen the third time. 
 
 ANOTHER LOSS BY FIRE 
 
FOURTH SIGN 221 
 
 No. 89 and No. 90 are born near the same time and 
 there is a striking resemblance between the two 
 charts. The fires to which we referred took place 
 near the same time. No. 90 shows Mars and Mer- 
 cury opposite Mars and Mercury; in both horoscopes 
 Mars stands opposite Mars. In No. 90 Jupiter, Sat- 
 urn, Mars, Mercury, and the Sun are all changing in 
 the Nativity, and this causes the influences to work 
 very strongly for both good and evil. 
 
 Uranus in the 4th sometimes causes loss from earth- 
 quakes, particularly if Saturn appears in the conjunc- 
 tion ; Chart No. 112 shows this trouble. Neptune un- 
 der bad influences in or near the 4th causes destruc- 
 tion by flood. 
 
 

 222 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 CHAPTER XVIII. 
 Law and Medicine. 
 
 The former deals largely with mental suffering and 
 the latter with physical suffering. In either case, the 
 study of planetary influence should enable the prac- 
 ticioner to understand mysterious cases and to figure 
 out successfully a plan of relief. 
 
 The distinguishing feature in the horoscope 
 of a lawyer seems to be a tumultuous 3rd 
 Sign, which covers short journeys, writings, and 
 visits from those in distress ; the 4th is not 
 necessarily- strong. We have here selected a 
 
 GREAT LABOR ATTORNEY 
 
LA\Y 223 
 
 lawyer whose career has been slightly unusual, and 
 three others who have made law a life long profes- 
 sion. Those who study law and drop out in a short 
 time are not fair examples of the profession, although 
 they usually show a stormy 3rd Sign. We have tak- 
 en all these charts at the time Venus and Mercury 
 formed a conjunction. This is usually found to be 
 the most important point in the horoscope. 
 
 In No. 91 Uranus and Mars appear between the 
 2nd and 3rd Signs. Mars stands for righting and Ur- 
 anus for labor; these standing alone indicate heavy 
 righting over labor difficulties. They also cause 
 trouble over money, and writings connected with it. 
 Saturn in the 4th indicates danger of imprisonment; 
 this planet however is guarded by Venus and Mer- 
 cury. Saturn in conjunction with the Sun in the llth 
 frequently indicates death or imprisonment to friends. 
 The Sun in the llth and Xeptnne and Jupiter in the 
 1st Sign draw many warm friends and gain by them, 
 the llth drawing men and the 1st women in a usual 
 way. Jupiter however in the 1st draws friends from 
 those connected with the administration of justice 
 and Xeptune from those near the water or leading a 
 sea-faring life. Uranus, Mars, and Saturn standing 
 in the 3rd and 4th govern writing and produce such 
 books as "An Eye for an Eye.'' Venus and Mercury 
 in this bad conjunction suggest such a topic as the 
 murder of a woman. 
 
 Chart Xo. 92 is that of a Judge of the Superior 
 Court, who shows the Sun. Mars and Saturn in his 
 3rd Sign ; they should be capable of getting up a good 
 fight. Uranus appears in his 1st Sign. Uranus in the 
 1st frequently means separation. This lawyer for- 
 merly made a specialty of divorce cases, and was 
 himself divorced. His money sign is well guarded, 
 and he draws a good income. We notice that in the 
 three charts we have given Neptune stands in or near 
 
224 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 the llth Sign. This indicates friends by the water; 
 their business, property, and friends were found in 
 sea-coast towns. We also think it indicates friends 
 shedding tears. Those having Neptune in the 1st 
 Sign shed tears easily, and women having Neptune 
 in the llth are afflicted with crying children, more es- 
 pecially if Neptune forms a conjunction with bad 
 planets, so we presume Neptune under bad Transits 
 in the llth in these horoscopes draws tears among 
 friends. We are sorry to say that tears are no un- 
 common sight to a lawyer, particularly a criminal 
 lawyer. 
 
 JUDGE OF SUPERIOR COURT 
 
LAW 
 
 225 
 
 Chart Xo. 93 shows an attorney who has the 'war 
 sign in his 2nd with Uranus and Saturn in 2nd and 
 3rd, another opportunity for a good fight particularly 
 over money. Mercury and Venus form a conjunction 
 in the 3rd indicating the 3rd Sign as the leading one. 
 
 Chart No. 94 shows another noisy 2nd and 3rd. 
 This lawyer made a specialty of damage suits, and 
 was struck by an automobile himself. Uranus in the 
 3rd combines traveling and falling; he drew r land but 
 found difficulty in collecting money, Jupiter and 
 Mars should govern the law profession. Jupiter 
 stands for the administration of justice and Mars for 
 argument. We find Mars either in the 3rd or ap- 
 
 SUCCESSFUL IN LAW 
 
226 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 preaching the 3rd in all these horoscopes. The 
 charts were drawn about the time they were entering 
 the profession in every case, so that Mars will have 
 reached the 3rd in all these charts. In three Jupiter 
 is found in or near the 1st and in the fourth Jupiter 
 is found in the 3rd Sign. From this study we would 
 infer that the 1st and 3rd Signs were the important 
 ones for an attorney-at-law. 
 
 No. 95 is a leading surgeon who has, it is estimated, 
 performed no less than 1000 abdominal operations. 
 He gives special attention to the diseases of women 
 and children, and has written books on surgery. Ve- 
 nus and Mercury forming a conjunction in the 4th 
 
 SPECIALTY IN DAMAGE SUITS 
 
MEDICINE 
 
 227 
 
 Sign with Jupiter and Uranus indicate that the 4th 
 Sign takes the lead. You will notice in the first 
 three horoscopes Jupiter and Uranus appear in the 
 4th. Venus and Mercury indicate operations upon 
 women and children. Mercury is entering the 5th 
 Sign and the Sun and Mars stand between the 1st and 
 2nd Signs. 
 
 Chart Xo. 96 shows not only a surgeon but a bac- 
 teriologist. Venus and Mercury form a conjunction 
 with Mars in the 12th Sign, indicating success in deal- 
 ing with germs, microbes, or bacteria. These fall un- 
 der the 12th Sign, which is the animal Sign. Mer- 
 
 A FAMOUS SURGEON 
 
228 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 cury in the 12th indicates small animals and Mars 
 dangerous animals. Venus gives success in dealing 
 with them. There seems to be a theory among medi- 
 cal men that the ravages of bacteria may be stayed 
 by treatment with serum from animals. It is quite 
 possible, as both come under the 12th Sign; experi- 
 ment alone will prove the utility of such cures. There 
 is one point we wish to emphasize here and that is 
 the fact that the stomach and bacteria come under the 
 same sign. From this we learn the importance of 
 guarding carefully the avenues to the stomach. li 
 we wish to keep the system free from disease germs, 
 avoid eating or drinking that which is tainted or im- 
 
 EMINENT BACTERIOLOGIST 
 
MEDICIXE 
 
 229 
 
 pure. Fresh air and pure food mean good health in 
 ninety-nine cases out of a hundred. 
 
 Chart No. 97 shows a 4th Sign much the same as 
 the former ; the Sun, Uranus, and Jupiter standing 
 in ecliptic conjunction between the 3rd and 4th. He 
 should specialize in ear and throat troubles. We have 
 four or five horoscopes of deaf and partially deaf per- 
 sons, and we find that a conjunction of Venus and 
 Mercury strikes the spot in all of them in less than 
 ten years from now. We hope this means some val- 
 uable discoverv. 
 
 SPECIALIST IN SURGERY 
 
230 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 Chart No. 98 is that of a lady physician ; we were 
 specially interested in working out her horoscope, be- 
 cause we felt that some very strong incentive must 
 have been at work to bring her out of the old routine 
 and lead her into a calling that was scarcely exploited 
 by any woman at that time. Her 4th. Sign is weak 
 and we presume she attempted very little surgery. 
 Her 5th Sign indicates trouble among children and 
 friends among strangers. It seems to be good for 
 men ; either she did not treat them or they were eas- 
 ily cured. We are reminded of an incident we once 
 read of a lady physician, who attended a man in a 
 case of fever, and he continued to call after he had 
 
 LADY PHYSICIAN 
 
MEDICINE 
 
 231 
 
 fully recovered. They became engaged and later lie 
 wished to break the engagement. She quietly reached 
 to a shelf, took her account book down, and made out 
 a bill including every visit he had made, and sent it 
 to a lawyer to collect. She had evidently met such a 
 man before and was prepared. The lady before us 
 certainly has some pull on money. The Sun, Nep- 
 tune, and Uranus, permanent planets in the money 
 Sign, indicate money made by medicine or painting. 
 
 Chart No. 99 is that of an osteopathic doctor, lie 
 is a man who is doing a good business. He has all 
 the good planets injiis 1st Sign, excepting one in the 
 
 A SUCCESSFUL OSTEOPATH 
 
232 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 4i-h near the 3rd. Neptune governs the hands. We 
 presume the 1st Sign gives strong magnetic power 
 and good planets give the power to heal. We have 
 another osteopath who has Jupiter, Venus, Mercury, 
 and Neptune in the 1st Sign and the Sun in the 4th. 
 This is much the same proposition one good planet 
 between the 3rd and 4th and four in the 1st Sign. 
 
 We have not worked any other medical horoscopes. 
 Time and space do not permit us to investigate any 
 one branch of knowledge very thoroughly. A whole 
 book might be written on one calling or profession, 
 and it would doubtless be very profitable, but we can 
 only give a few hints in passing and leave the ques- 
 tion for others to specialize upon. Those who are in- 
 terested in medicine should look up all the birthdates 
 to which they have access and study them thorough- 
 ly, comparing the horoscopes with the lives of the 
 persons. More especially should every medical man 
 study his own horoscope. He should keep a diary 
 and discover if possible what point in his chart draws 
 success in operations. In many charts great victories 
 result from good planets at one point and great dis- 
 asters from bad planets at another point. A physic- 
 ian must go when called to a case and occasionally he 
 must operate within a given time, but often he can 
 choose his own time. A doctor should also be very 
 wary in prescribing for a patient ; he must remember 
 that when the conditions in the horoscope of a patient 
 are very bad for health, he is influenced to prescribe 
 that which will only aggravate the disease ; of this 
 fact we are certain. Medical men have hedged their 
 profession about with awe inspiring hieroglyphics, 
 and a great mass of technical and high sounding- 
 phraseology. Not satisfied with this they prefix Doc- 
 tor to their names instead of plain Mr. This makes 
 assurance doubly sure that they belong to a superior 
 order; they have evolved during their short term of 
 
MEDICINE 233 
 
 college life into a higher sphere, and there they pur- 
 pose to remain. Care should be taken that this fact 
 does not militate against success. The conceited, self 
 centered man or woman is much more easily ruled by 
 unseen forces than one who does not rely so much on 
 his own first impressions, and weighs everything 
 as he proceeds. The medical man as well as the 
 moneyed man has had his innings, but education is 
 waking the masses up to a realization that all is not 
 gold that glitters, and they more and more require 
 that a man shall "deliver the goods when he wears a 
 frock coat." 
 
 There should be many important discoveries made 
 during these years. The Sun in the midst of a large 
 conjunction greatly facilitates invention, and the sci- 
 ence of healing should come in for its share. 
 
 We would like to devote a few pages to hygiene 
 and tell you how over-fed persons get down sick and 
 as soon as they are bed-fast they order oysters, steak, 
 poached eggs, ice cream, and everything else they can 
 think of to strengthen them, and if it were not for a 
 good purgation which the doctor or some kind friend 
 administers they might die at any time. In these 
 days there are more persons eatftig to death than 
 starving to death. How often it happens that eggs 
 are added to rich milk or cream and the patient is 
 given a dose which would undo the digestion in a well 
 person. Eggs taken alone constitute rich food, and 
 creamy milk constitutes rich food. Now add the two 
 without diluting and what can you say of it? No 
 matter what the disease, guard the stomach and guard 
 it well. Give it good, plain, pure, wholesome, tasty 
 food, at regular intervals, and don't overwork it. 
 From the stomach the blood is fed, and from the 
 blood every organ of the body is nourished, and every 
 muscle and sinew is toned up. 
 
 16 
 
234 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 Another important point is proper attention to the 
 pores of the skin. We deprecate rubbing the skin 
 with oil, as it prevents the free passage of waste mat- 
 ter through the pores. It is said that a person cov- 
 ered with a substance which closes the pores of the 
 skin over the whole body will only live a few hours ; 
 now what is bad as a whole must be bad in part. 
 Avoid sudden change of temperature ; this also closes 
 the pores. Should they become closed accidentally, 
 and trouble ensues, resort at once to the hot bath and 
 sweat. There are doctors who laugh at such things 
 as sweats and counterirritants ; they aje old fashioned ; 
 to be sure they are, so is your body old fashioned ; 
 and while it remains so old fashioned treatment is li- 
 able to be helpful. Counterirritants in the form of 
 plasters and blisters draw inflammation to the sur- 
 face, and where used prevent the necessity of opera- 
 tion in very many cases. We have seen so many 
 cures wrought by the use of the porous plaster that 
 we cannot refrain from recommending it. In addi- 
 tion to back-aches, heart-aches, neuralgia, rheuma- 
 tism, and injuries which have been cured by this 
 means, we have seen chronic ear trouble removed by 
 the application of the plaster back of the ear, and 
 appendicitis checked in the early stages. Don't wait 
 for the doctor to recommend these things. Use sim- 
 ple remedies, and use more prevention than cure, it 
 is cheaper and less painful. Don't wait until a pain 
 becomes chronic before you deal with it. The time 
 to treat it is when you first feel it. 
 
CHILDREN 235 
 
 CHAPTER XIX. 
 Children. 
 
 This subject opens up so many channels for scien- 
 tific study and observation, that one is at a loss to 
 know which direction to take first. North, South, 
 East, and West, different phases of the question clam- 
 or for your attention. 
 
 In the care of children you must begin with the 
 mothers ; this feature of the question is too obvious 
 to require elucidation. The amount of civilization of 
 which a country can boast is usually measured, in 
 the eyes of outsiders at least, by the treatment of its 
 women and children ; whether it be England, America, 
 China, India or the Islands of the Sea. England in 
 her present lamentable condition is being made the 
 laughing stock of the world. The English women 
 who were anxious to lead the world in the work of 
 reform, as the men have led the world in commer- 
 cial life, and who have striven for 40 years by fair, 
 just and honorable means to get a hand in establish- 
 ing the moral status of the country, have been jeered 
 at, and trampled upon, until desperation has at last 
 taken the place of that which is just and right, and 
 pages of history will be written which in the future 
 will cast a dark blot upon the proud name of one of 
 the greatest nations in the world. The writer has no 
 affiliations with the suffrage movement, has never been 
 in a suffrage meeting, and never saw a suffrage par- 
 ade but once. While watching the parade a lady 
 remarked, "Why these women are all grey-haired, 
 they are ready for the grave. W r hat do they want 
 with the ballot?" "These women have seen a few 
 things," said one ; "when they say they want suffrage 
 they know what they are talking about." Mem- 
 ory carries us back to the time when they suffered 
 
236 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 the pangs of travail, which nothing but motherlove 
 would ever induce any woman willingly to undergo. 
 As time wore on the little ones lay close to their 
 hearts, and the little fingers clung to the strong guid- 
 ing hand of the mother, and thus she led them on. 
 But the time came when they were ushered into the 
 world to win or to lose, in a rum-cursed, money-mad 
 sea of moral iniquity. What else can you call it? And 
 then when the mother follows her child out into the 
 world to try to make the world what she has made 
 the home for him, she is taunted, and told to go home 
 and rock the cradle. The world says : "We want more 
 boys just like yours to patronize our saloons and 
 houses of prostitution; we want their money, that's 
 business ! We want your girls too : go home and rock 
 the cradle, turn them out as fast as you can, that is 
 your place, and we will take care of them." Now, 
 isn't that the situation exactly? 
 
 All the best men in the world are with the best 
 women in their aspirations toward reform, and we 
 are glad to note that in many places they are in the 
 majority. The cry comes from them as it came from 
 Macedonia of old, "Come over and help us, the work 
 is too great for us." There is opposition also among 
 women to the suffrage movement ; from those who 
 are either laboring under some delusion or are opposed 
 to the work of reform. Very few however refuse to 
 avail themselves of the privilege of the ballot ; those 
 women are probably the first to visit the polls. There 
 will also be many women who will yield to the seduc- 
 tive influence of the powers that be, and cast their vote 
 against conscience and right ; a vast work of education 
 must take place. The government should call a halt 
 in business, forbid the issuing of marriage licenses 
 for a year, publish a manifesto calling the attention 
 of the people to the terrible need of moral reform, 
 and declare the world an unfit place to be the nur- 
 
CHILDREN 237 
 
 sery of the coming" generation. Women would be 
 quite within the limit in refusing to bring children 
 into a world such as this ; steeped in liquor, and seeth- 
 ing with immorality, in many places an embryo hell. 
 
 In olden times the people held fasts and dressed in 
 sackcloth and ashes, when they wished to arrest the 
 spread of some terrible evil. A little bit of that spirit 
 at the present time would not be out of place. \Ye 
 have the evidence of judges of the Court as to the 
 percentage of crime caused by drinking alcoholics, 
 and we have the evidence of the medical men in charge 
 of insane asylums as to the percentage of inmates who 
 have come there through drink and its associate evils, 
 and yet we proceed to cut off the tip of one root of 
 the great cancer that is sapping the vitals of the race. 
 We regulate the saloon just the slightest little bit and 
 then fold our arms in innocence. We don't need to 
 read Greek or Hebrew to find out what the fires of 
 hell are ; we can smell their sulphurous odor, and see 
 the devastation they are working, any night we like 
 to walk down the street. Some wonder why God 
 does not take every man to heaven. How would ob- 
 scene pictures look on the jasper walls? How would 
 the coarse jest, and the insane jabber of the inebriate 
 sound oozing through the pearly gates? God may 
 give you a place just as beautiful as he gives to the 
 righteous, but, dear friend, it will not be heaven un- 
 less you make heaven out of it ; it will be a Lake of 
 Fire. God causes his Sun to shine on the just and on 
 the unjust, and they make their own heaven, and 
 they make their own hell. 
 
 Our destinies are woven and interwoven with those 
 around us so that we must be held responsible in 
 some measure for those with whom we come into 
 contact, more especially for the children which we 
 have brought into the world. Xo mother is doing her 
 part unless she strives by all the means within her 
 
238 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 reach to make her children happy and successful, and 
 more than all to prepare them for the world beyond, 
 knowing that this life is "but for a moment;" and no 
 woman is doing her part unless she helps her neigh- 
 bor in the" good work she is trying to do. A lady 
 once said, "I have a good, kind husband, and am well 
 provided for, but for the sake of those who are not 
 provided for, I am willing to dedicate my life to the 
 work of reform." That is the spirit we should all cul- 
 tivate. 
 
 Then the matter of support is one that is of para- 
 mount importance in connection w r ith the child ques- 
 tion, and that is so intimately connected with the 
 question of support for the mother that the two are in 
 a manner inseparable. This is a grave question. We 
 have had investigations into the matter of wages for 
 working girls, with an attempt to solve the vice prob- 
 lem ; but is not* the question of the working mother of 
 even greater importance, for she has other lives de- 
 pending upon her? A mother who saw an advertise- 
 ment for help in a department store called at the of- 
 fice. She was first asked what regular income she 
 had, and the reply not being satisfactory, she was 
 told that they wanted girls who were living at home 
 and just required a little pin-money. This is not hear- 
 say, we can vouch for the truth of the incident. What 
 right anyway have parents to be paying wages for an 
 employer? A girl should be competent after one 
 month in a department, if not there is something 
 wrong. We have given you the chart of a lady who 
 took a leading place in three months time ; there is 
 no long apprenticeship required. The situation for 
 women in the industrial world is so horrible that we 
 shrink from attempting to portray it; if women could 
 work on equal terms with men it would change the 
 aspect entirely. Someone will say, "Oh, men have 
 more physical strength, women cannot expect to 
 
CHILDREN 239 
 
 draw the same wages." If strength were the standard 
 by which efficiency is measured, then the hod-car- 
 rier and the street digger should be more highly paid 
 than the Bank manager and Railway director. Per- 
 haps it should be so ; if you think it should, get in 
 and make it so. \Yomen may have to learn the sci- 
 ence of the strike and the filibuster to get what is 
 their due, unless the government succeeds in settling 
 the matter of wages in a satisfactory manner. 
 
 It is very kind and very delightful of the Legislat- 
 ure to offer a pension to mothers who have children 
 to support, but even here they must feel that justice 
 comes before charity, and if women had a fair chance 
 in the industrial world, there are many cases where 
 such assistance would be unnecessary. Talk about 
 girls going astray when their wages are low ! What 
 happens to a mother? Her children are taken from her 
 by law and she is "cast out." All these things are 
 too horrible even to mention. \Ye do not for a mo- 
 ment say that her children should not be taken from 
 her, but we do say that she should not be driven to 
 such a life by the greed of capitalists and labor ex- 
 ploiters. It is simply appalling to read of the con- 
 ditions under which women work in many places. 
 We say work, but they don't work, neither do they 
 rush, they simply tare. If you don't believe it try 
 making thirty-six kimonos in a day. Let them be as 
 plain as possible, which of you would want to do it? 
 Only an expert could do it. Think of working twelve 
 or fourteen hours a day at a break-neck speed like 
 that, year in and year out, no recreation, probably 
 very little fresh air or sunshine ; and these are in 
 many instances the mothers of our little ones. They 
 tell us too that they get the round sum of four cents 
 for making one of those kimonos, and that they have 
 to work fourteen hours a day to live. This is merely 
 a sample of the work done. The majority of the 
 
240 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 poorer class of women (and their name is "legion") 
 earn their living in factories, sweat shops, or by 
 house-service; and the latter is very little better than 
 the factory; that is a case of woman oppressing wo- 
 man; fourteen hours a day, seven days in the week, 
 with just time to swallow their food, and an occas- 
 ional afternoon off is considered to be a liberal ar- 
 rangement. Most women will tell you that they 
 would sooner work any other place than as a house- 
 servant, and there are good reasons for it. If these 
 women show a degree of ignorance and apathy with 
 regard to their condition that is appalling, don't be 
 surprised. When do they find time to look at a book 
 or paper? When their work is over they are too tired 
 even to think. Someone must think for them if their 
 condition is ever to be improved. YVle have just read 
 of a girl who was working as a domestic and who be- 
 came tired of the life. She donned boys' clothes and 
 got a position as elevator boy. She was then arrested 
 for masquerading in male attire, and she told the de- 
 tectives that she made as much in two weeks as she 
 had formerly done in a month. She would also have 
 a much pleasanter time. 
 
 The question of heredity is far too deep and com- 
 plex and far-reaching for any one man or group of 
 men to be able to fathom its depths, and to progn<><- 
 ticate with any degree of certainty as to the chances 
 for any given birth. The position of the planets in 
 the horoscopes of the parents is a very important 
 factor in determining the character of the" child. Then 
 there are probably many influences which come in for 
 weal or for woe between the first dawn of life and the 
 birth of the child. This is a tremendously big subject 
 to tackle, and one that probably will never be suc- 
 cessfully fathomed. We recollect five cases \vliere 
 imbecile children were born, and in every case the 
 parents were healthy and normal, and successful in 
 
CHILDREN 241 
 
 life. In two cases the deformed child was an only 
 child, and in the other cases the deformed child 
 made one out of a large family of healthy children. 
 A man whose chart we have given you as one who 
 rose to the head of his profession in a phenomenal 
 manner was the father of such a child. He had two 
 evil planets in his llth Sign. We have never se- 
 cured the horoscopes of the other parents, but one 
 point is clear and it is this. One person can only 
 have his share of the good things of the world, and 
 when his good planets are in his 1st, 2nd, and 3rd 
 Signs they are removed from the 5th and can have no 
 influence there. Evil planets will probably occupy 
 the 5th. We have a newspaper article before us 
 which is headed as follows : ''Aristocrats are almost 
 Childless." Three-fourths of the families in a weal- 
 thy residence district have no children," it goes on 
 to say. The fact which has been mentioned would 
 account for this condition of things. Children are 
 called "the poor man's heritage", and often it hap- 
 pens that bright, healthy children make up the sum 
 total of his possessions. This is one of the many 
 mysteries which planetary influence aids in explain- 
 ing When good planets are in the money Sign they 
 draw money, not children. 
 
 No. 100 is the mother and Xo. 101 the father of 
 twenty-three children, all living and well. This fam- 
 ily was discovered by a newspaper man in the state 
 of Maine. They were living on a ranch in a plain 
 but comfortable fashion. The children were pictured 
 as being orderly and well behaved, the elder helping 
 the younger and everything moving along like clock 
 work. The larger children were moving out into the 
 world, and were said to be doing credit to their moth- 
 er's training. The planets in her llth Sign are all 
 good ; the Transits come and go. It would be as easy 
 for this lady to manage t\venty-three children as it 
 
242 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 would be for a lady with Mars and Saturn in the llth 
 Sign to manage one child. Have you noticed children 
 teasing their mothers? They would no sooner get 
 one difficulty settled than back the child would come 
 with another. Evil planets in the llth Sign of a 
 parent or teacher, seem to give a child a very fertile 
 brain. Sometimes of course the bad influences take 
 the form of ill-health, either in the children or in the 
 part of the body governed by the 5th and llth Signs. 
 How natural it seems that the child should come un- 
 der the same Sign with the heart. Someone says 
 they always bring love with them and we wish it 
 were true. 
 
 MOTHER OF 23 CHILDREN. 
 
CHILDREN 
 
 243 
 
 Here is a very sad little picture in Chart No. 102. 
 Parents unmarried, child born in an automobile, 
 strangled to death and thrown into a back yard, and 
 this in what was counted decent society. Such a pic- 
 ture as this makes one's blood run cold. Four plan- 
 ets including the Moon in the 12th or enemy Sign, 
 and five between the 3rd and 4th Signs the 3rd for 
 traveling and the 4th for parents. Uranus and Mars 
 stand between Venus and the Sun, putting cupid in 
 a very bad place. This pathetic little picture bears a 
 tremendous lesson right on its face, and you can get 
 plenty more such as this. When you see anything 
 like it in the newspaper, just mark the date of birth 
 
 FATHER OF 23 CHILDREN. 
 
244 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 and work it out ; charts such as these are more elo- 
 quent than any words. 
 
 By way of contrast we are going to show you a 
 child who was welcomed to the world with the pomp 
 and splendor of Royalty ; first, however, presenting 
 to you No. 103, the chart of the mother. Consider- 
 able anxiety had been experienced with regard to the 
 question of an heir to the throne, and at last when 
 the Moon entered the llth Sign in the horoscope of 
 the mother, the stork got busy, and the birth took 
 place amid great rejoicing. It frequently happens 
 that the Moon coming into the llth Sign brings a 
 birth, and as it remains there for several years it fre- 
 
 INFANT MURDERED AT BIRTH 
 
CHILDREN 
 
 245 
 
 quently brings two births close together and then a 
 halt. When the llth Sign runs strong a birth is li- 
 able to take place at any time, that is with the Moon 
 in any position in the horoscope, but if there are no 
 planets in or near the llth the Moon coming into the 
 Sign frequently marks the only birth. 
 
 Chart No. 104 is that of the little princess herself. 
 The Moon in her horoscope is in the Sign of friends 
 with Jupiter. Only Saturn stands in the 12th Sign. 
 Venus stands in the 1st Sign to bring her nice clothes, 
 and Mercury in the 2nd to bring her jewelry and 
 money. They are liable to be troubled with floods in 
 her country, and she will not have very good luck 
 
 A/o.J02> 
 AX HEIR TO THE THRONE 
 
246 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 with animals. Sorrow must come to her as it comes 
 to every person born, at some time, in some way. 
 
 In No. 105 we present to you the father and in Xo. 
 106 the mother of triplets. At first sight the llth 
 Sign in the horoscopes of the parents does not look 
 very strong, but there are three points which throw 
 light upon the case. The parents were born in the 
 same Sign, and the Transits are the same for both ; 
 six planets appear in the Transits, and the Moon 
 stands the same in the Nativity of both parents ; at 
 least practically the same, one entering the llth and 
 the other leaving the llth. These three points we 
 consider sufficient to account for the unusual birth. 
 
 A LITTLE PRINCESS 
 
CHILDREN 
 
 247 
 
 Previous to this time four children had been born to 
 the parents in fourteen years. 
 
 In Xo. 108 we give you what is known as the 13 
 baby, and another born on the same day ; one chart 
 will answer for both. The 13 baby was born on the 
 13th day of Jan. 1913, at 13 minutes to seven, weighed 
 131b, and 13 years had elapsed since the birth of the 
 last child. The house number was 113 and his name 
 contained 13 letters. We are told that the number 
 13 still follows him. He is a sturdy little fellow, and 
 looks as if he knew a thing or two. He sits there 
 with the pose and air of a judge upon the bench. He 
 
 JlTo/Otf 
 
 FATHER OF TRIPLETS. 
 
248 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 should be guarded against infectious diseases, and 
 he will be very fond of animals. 
 
 The other baby was tied up in a box and thrown 
 out on a vacant lot. Some boys came along and 
 played foot-ball with the box, until their curiosity 
 became aroused and they opened it. A four day baby 
 tumbled out apparently dead. A policeman however 
 took it to a hospital, where at last accounts it was 
 able to cry lustily ; the tragedy occurred in Brooklyn 
 and we may never hear of the child again. What 
 could be more horrible than to throw a helpless in- 
 fant out to die with neither food nor clothing? 
 
 There were other children born on the same dav 
 
 MOTHER OF TRIPLETS 
 
CHILDREN 
 
 249 
 
 with very nearly the same horoscope, but the same 
 thing did not happen to them. The same thing 
 could not happen to a child born in a good environ- 
 ment ; thus we see that environment plays a very im- 
 portant part in our lives. Every child born at the 
 same time doubtless passed through serious dangers 
 seen or unseen on the 17th of January, but it may 
 have been to health or from other troubles indicated 
 by the 6th Sign. 
 
 At the time of birth the planets in Nativity and 
 Transits necessarily telescope each other, the Tran- 
 sits gradually moving away; and this causes the per- 
 iod of infancy to be fraught with dangers. The death 
 
 "FOOT BALL AND "NO. 13" BABIES. 
 
 -17 
 
250 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 rate at the best is much higher among infants than 
 among children and adults. After seven years 
 of age, the child gets a pretty good grip on life, as 
 all the evil planets in the Transits have moved away 
 from those in the Nativity. In this horoscope live 
 planets appear in the Nativity, and five in the Tran- 
 sits in the 6th and 12th Signs. These Signs govern 
 enemies and the feet. Mars stands for some very 
 cruel person who threw the child out; Saturn often 
 stands for imprisonment, hence the child was tied in 
 a box. Mercury stands for the boys, who under the 
 bad influence of Saturn and Mars kicked the baby 
 around. Jupiter stands for the officer who took it to 
 the hospital, and Venus for the nurses who cared for 
 it. The Moon in a Sign indicates the time when 
 events are most likely to take place. On the 13th of 
 January the Moon was entering his 10th Sign count 
 ing two days in the 10th and two days in the llth it 
 would be entering the 12th on the 17th. At a glance 
 one would say, when the Moon comes into that 12th 
 Sign, there will be something doing. The remaining 
 planets are all in his 2nd or money Sign. Should he 
 live to grow up it will be very strong at times. His 
 horoscope is typical of the money-fighting age in 
 which he was born ; all his planets being in the right- 
 ing and money Signs. This horoscope indicates great 
 dangers and great possibilities for both these children. 
 The fourth and fifth years would be a critical time as 
 well as the fourth and fifth days, but should they live, 
 four planets pass into the 1st Sign between the ages 
 of fourteen and twenty-five, leaving only Saturn in 
 the 12th close to the llth Sign. These four will run 
 a conjunction with three planets in the 2nd Sign close 
 to the 1st. This will give them great intellectual 
 power, and a good pull on money. 
 
 All the children born between the 1st and 15th of 
 January 1913 should have similar horoscopes, ex- 
 
CHILDREN 251 
 
 cepting that the Moon would appear in different 
 places in each and they would strike their danger 
 points at a different time. During the next five years 
 many children will be born under heavy conjunctions. 
 Their dangers, special talents and besetting sins will 
 all come from the same source. Some will be bright 
 and shining lights in the world, while others will land 
 in a maelstrom of dissipation. Their lives will be 
 strongly marked, and the questions of heredity and 
 environment will play an important part in deciding 
 their fate. The horoscope of a child is worked from 
 birth, and we think that heredity and environment 
 bring it up to that point. Physical appearance, vi- 
 tality, and mental traits as indicated by the form of 
 the head may be attributed to heredity and environ- 
 ment. Children born at the same time do not resem- 
 ble each other while children born of the same par- 
 ents usually bear a striking resemblance, some resem- 
 bling one parent more strongly, and some the other. 
 But you will say, "What about the little 13 baby?" 
 What do all the 13's signify? In reply we would say 
 that numbers are read according to the indications 
 of the Signs. 1 and 7 we would connect with educa- 
 tion, marriage, etc. ; 2 and 8 with money, and so on. 
 The peculiar significance of the number 13 we attrib- 
 ute to the fact that the Moon comes into conjunction 
 with the place in which you were born every thirteen 
 years in the Nativity and every thirteen days in the 
 Transits, or rather thirteen years elapse from the 
 time that the Moon leaves the conjunction, until it 
 comes into the conjunction again. This seems al- 
 ways to be a critical point in the horoscope; at this 
 point many die and if the influences are good many 
 get a fresh start in life, and commence a new era of 
 existence; it often brings promotion. A grouping of 
 13's such as is found around the birth of this child 
 would indicate that it is strongly marked by fate. 
 
252 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 Should the child not live it has been presented to the 
 world already; its birth has been used to illustrate the 
 peculiar significance of the number 13 and to impress 
 upon the world the fact that there must be a science 
 in numbers. Numbers may or may not assist in 
 bringing events to pass but they surely indicate what 
 is likely to take place if we can read them aright. A 
 house number has been found to indicate the princi- 
 pal events to take place while a person occupies the 
 house, e. g. 1, 1, 3 gives us 5 as their sum and 5 is the 
 children's Sign, 1 stands for study. The number 
 would read thus, study 13 child; or it might read 
 thus, friends writing about child. 11 stands for 
 friends, 3 for writing, and 5 for child ; several news- 
 paper articles were written regarding It. Other 
 events might be read in this number, but this 
 one is surely there. We have analyzed many num- 
 bers and have found it an interesting study. 
 
 The question of staying the ravages of disease and 
 prolonging human life seems to be a difficult one. 
 One baby out of every eight dies before it is a year 
 old in the United States, and twice as many die in 
 the poor districts as among the better off classes. In 
 many cases doubtless the mother has to turn out to 
 earn the daily bread and what else would you ex- 
 pect? Strong conjunctions resting over them at birth 
 will probably cause the death rate to be higher dur- 
 ing these years. You have often heard the remark : 
 "That child was too bright to live." Much depends 
 upon the amount of vitality a child is born with. Hu- 
 man beings are like plants : some are born tender and 
 fragile, and the first little breeze that strikes them 
 wafts them into the next world ; this world merely 
 seems to be a stepping stone to the next. Others 
 grow stronger as the winds of adversity beat against 
 them. 
 
 These two conjunctions appearing in the little 
 
CHILDREN 253 
 
 horoscope which we have been studying, appeared 
 in the Transits of every horoscope at that time. They 
 strike every person but in a different place. Take 
 Mr. Edison for example : the group of. five planets ap- 
 pears in his children Sign and the other group in his 
 1st Sign, which stands for education. Under these 
 two conjunctions he announces to the world that he 
 is going to revolutionize the system of education in 
 the public schools, and moving pictures are going to 
 be substituted for school books. Space will not per- 
 mit us to give further examples. 
 
 These charts have presented to you, a poor man's 
 heritage, a glad nation's heritage, and a proud father's 
 heritage; they have also given you the murderer's 
 heritage. To the murderer we wish to say that there 
 will be no soft little arms to twine about his neck in 
 the home which he has chosen. There will be no 
 sweet faced girl to meet him with a smile and a word 
 of cheer. In this world the good and the bad are all 
 heaped up together, the good sandwiched in with the 
 bad. A bad man selects a good woman ; he has no 
 taste for a woman like himself; as soon as she be- 
 comes like himself he wants a change, and a bad 
 woman prefers a good man. If the underworld had 
 to run for a year without any recruits from innocence 
 and decency, we believe it would die a natural death. 
 Hell will be full of hatred, loathing and bitterness, 
 wailing and gnashing of teeth, all the sweetness and 
 purity removed. 
 
 The man who murdered the sweet little infant so 
 far as we know might have made a home for the 
 young girl, and the new-born babe who was part of 
 his own flesh and blood, but he chose to throw it 
 into someone's back yard and give himself up to li- 
 centious living. The officers discovered that he was 
 a well known business man with an office down town, 
 but he was never charged with murder. Oh no ! A 
 
254 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 little money would be sufficient to cover the whole 
 thing up. God causes his sun to shine upon the just 
 and upon the unjust, and doubtless he gave this mur- 
 derer just as sweet a child as he gave to the one who 
 sat upon a throne; such children are often very at- 
 tractive. When its little dimpled hands wtere out- 
 stretched to you, and its sweet blue eyes turned to 
 you with a look of helpless appeal, Oh devil in hu- 
 man form! How could you be so cruel? Don't 
 blame God if you some time find yourself in company 
 that is not congenial. He is giving you all the good 
 things of this life just the same as he gives to his 
 most faithful followers and you are trampling them 
 under your feet. Some day there will be no more 
 victims left for you to torture. You will find your- 
 self alone with your own kind, and methinks that 
 will be all the punishment you will need. If this 
 were the only case of the kind we might be inclined 
 to pass over it lightly, but the world is cursed with 
 murders of this description. This precious gift of 
 God is thrown into open fireplaces, into swiftly flow- 
 ing streams, into lime pits, and who knows where ! 
 Remember their little souls go straight to God who 
 gave them, and he knows all about it. "Inasmuch as 
 ye have done it unto one of the least of these ye have 
 done it unto me," said Jesus. 
 
 When we speak of liquor in this chapter we do not 
 mean to infer that drinking is a heinous crime, or that 
 it is in itself sinful; but we do say most emphatically 
 that it often paves the way for crimes that are hei- 
 nous ; in fact, it is so frequently the cause of down- 
 fall, that it should be wiped out entirely. In a year's 
 time no one would ever miss the glass. 
 
 The following record breaker in births appeared 
 this year in a daily paper. A rancher in Colorado was 
 presented all on the same day with a pair of twins, 
 a brand new calf, six little pigs, eleven chickens, and 
 
PHILANTHROPISTS 255 
 
 two pigeons. He drowned the cat before kittens were 
 added to the list. "It never rains but it pours." Un- 
 der large conjunctions just such incidents are liable 
 to happen. 
 
 CHAPTER XX. 
 Friends and Philanthropists. 
 
 Under the same Sign and inseparable from the 
 question of philanthropy, is the question of friend- 
 ship. In one sense the word friend expresses the 
 only true and satisfactory relationship in life; it im- 
 plies sincerity and good feeling. The relationship of 
 father, mother, husband, wife, brother, or sister, does 
 not necessarily imply friendship. "A brother is born 
 for the day of adversity, but a friend loveth at all 
 times." A man may be your husband and yet not be 
 your friend, and a woman may be your sister, and 
 yet not be your friend; a friend, however, when he 
 ceases to be friendly becomes an enemy. True, there 
 are false friends, but these are enemies in disguise. A 
 friend is one who takes your part when you are ma- 
 ligned, assists you when you are in difficulty, and for- 
 gives you when you are penitent ; if he does not do 
 these things he is not worthy the name of a friend. 
 "A friend in need is a friend indeed." 
 
 There is one phase of this question that causes one 
 to feel very sad, and that is the thought of the insta- 
 bility of friendship. Your best friends frequently be- 
 come your greatest enemies, and when they do, they 
 traduce all that you once held sacred; all your little 
 secrets that as friends have been entrusted to them, 
 are spread broadcast; and as enemies they mock and 
 torment you in a way that no stranger would have 
 the power to do. This thought calls to mind a verse 
 
256 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 written upon, "The Friend that sticketh closer than 
 a brother." 
 
 "Earthly friends may pain and grieve you, 
 One day kind, the next day leave you. 
 But this friend will ne'er deceive you. 
 Oh, how he loves !" 
 
 We read a short time ago of a woman who la- 
 mented having spoiled a perfectly happy friendship 
 by getting married. The llth Sign for this couple 
 must have been good and the 1st bad. While they 
 remained friends under the llth all went well, but 
 when they became lovers under the 1st Sign fortune 
 changed. Some couples were lovers from the time 
 they came face to face with each other, and others 
 remained friends for years, apparently not even con- 
 templating marriage, until some unwary moment 
 came when the 1st Sign was working more strongly 
 than usual, and they broke through the ice. We rec- 
 ollect a couple who were companions for thirteen 
 years, from the time the Moon left the marriage Sign 
 until it came back to the marriage Sign again. Their 
 friends, burdened with curiosity and anxiety for their 
 welfare, asked the lady if he ever spoke of marriage, 
 and she replied in the negative. However the time 
 came, and should the marriage not prove happy it 
 will probably take them as long to get out as it took 
 them to get in. If a quickly made match proves to be 
 unhappy it is quickly broken up as a rule. We recol- 
 lect a case where a girl married, and the bridegroom 
 asked her for money before they left the building 
 in which they were married. She there and then tore 
 up the marriage papers and they separated. Prob- 
 ably she was wise in doing so. 
 
 If you wish to know whether a man is a friend, an 
 enemy, or a lover, watch the position of the"*Moon 
 when you are brought into company with him, when 
 
PHILANTHROPISTS 
 
 257 
 
 he visits you, and when he invites you to go out with 
 him. If you habitually meet a man when the Moon 
 is in the 1st Sign he is a lover, and if you habitually 
 meet a man while the Moon is in the llth he is a 
 friend, although if bad planets appear in the llth, he 
 may not be a true friend, or your friendship may for 
 some reason be unfortunate. If bad planets appear 
 in the 1st Sign, your lover may not be worthy, or 
 your relations with him may be disappointing from 
 other causes. If you habitually meet him while the 
 Moon is in the 12th he is an enemy. The position of 
 Venus indicates where you are likely to meet him, 
 if in the 3rd traveling or writing, 4th at home, 5th in 
 
 A REAL PHILANTHROPIST 
 
258 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 the home or in the company of. friends, 6th in con- 
 nection with eating, walking, riding, or it may be 
 fighting. If you would learn you must watch the 
 events of each day as it comes. 
 
 No. 109 we call a wealthy philanthropist. It is said 
 that she gave twenty millions to charitable objects 
 after her husband's death ; if we remember correctly 
 she was interested ir sailors. You will find the Sun, 
 Neptune, Uranus, and Saturn in her llth Sign. Good 
 planets in the llth draw favors from strangers, and 
 bad planets in the llth cause strangers to draw favors 
 from us, thus giving us a charitable spirit. If the 
 estimate of this lady's giving is correct we would 
 
 ORGANIZER OF SALVATION ARMY 
 
PHILANTHROPISTS 
 
 259 
 
 count her a genuine philanthropist. Those who give 
 fifty or one hundred thousand out of ten or twenty 
 millions are mere shams. They are not giving even 
 the widow's mite. To whom much is given of him 
 shall much be required. 
 
 In No. 110 we have a man who has the same per- 
 manent planets in his llth Sign that No. 109 has in 
 hers. The Moon and Mercury are not permanent. 
 Mars between the 3rd and 4th under good influences 
 seems to have prompted the idea of the "Army Pa- 
 rade" in connection with religion. He succeeded in 
 striking something new, and creating quite a sensa- 
 tion in the world. These planets also govern travel- 
 
 LEADER IN ARMY NURSING 
 
260 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 ing and writing. The Sun indicates friends among 
 the high, and Uranus friends among the low ; he had 
 them both. His funeral in London was one of the 
 most remarkable ever held in the world. King and 
 beggar, rich and poor, holy and unholy met together 
 touched by a common sorrow. 
 
 No. Ill, whose name will ever be remembered in 
 connection with her humane work in the army, is 
 here presented. You will notice that Mercury and 
 Venus form a conjunction with Mars and Saturn in 
 the 12th Sign. Four planets in the 12th including 
 Mars gives her a decided interest in the battle field. 
 She also has three planets, Uranus, Neptune, and the 
 
 FOUNDER OF A UNIVERSITY 
 
PHILANTHROPISTS 
 
 261 
 
 Sun, in the 3rd and 4th. These lead her to estab- 
 lish a home for the training of nurses. She also writes 
 the following books as a result of her 3rd and 12th 
 running strong: "Notes on Nursing", Sanitary State 
 of the Army in India", Life or Death in India." She 
 came through the Crimean War in 1854. 
 
 In No. 112 we have another noted philanthropist. 
 She also has Uranus, Saturn, Neptune, and the Sun 
 around the llth Sign. Hu horoscope presents a very 
 touching picture. No woman with an ordinary horo- 
 scope could fathom the sorrow which must have been 
 hers when her only child was stricken by death. The 
 Moon in passing through the llth touches by way of 
 
 SUFFRAGE LEADER 
 
262 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 conjunction every planet in the chart. She took the 
 only course that was left for her to take in order to 
 relieve the extreme pressure; she gave her life up to 
 charitable enterprises, and founded in the University 
 oi Leland Stanford Jr. one of the greatest monuments 
 which history records, a monument comparable only 
 to her love for her child. She also made large dona- 
 tions toward orphanages. 
 
 Unmistakable traces of the earthquake and other 
 events affecting the University may be seen in the 
 horoscope before us. 
 
 No. 113 aided in establishing the first W. C. T. U. 
 She was also active in anti-slaverv and woman's 
 
 TEMPERANCE CARTOONIST 
 
PHILANTHROPISTS 
 
 263 
 
 rights movements. In 1872 she was arrested and 
 tried for voting under the 14th Amendment. She has 
 been before every Congress from 1869 to the time of 
 her death, and has also lectured in England, and 
 throughout the United States, engaging in eight dif- 
 ferent state campaigns for equal suffrage. Her horo- 
 scope speaks for itself; her 12th Sign gives her an 
 aggressive spirit and the 1st a powerful intellect. 
 Uranus in the llth gives her a feeling for the op- 
 pressed, and Saturn in the 3rd indicates traveling On 
 the slow order, making many stops. She seems to 
 have come into contact with men chiefly as an advo- 
 cate of woman's rights. Her 1st Sign is powerful. 
 
 LEADER IN W. C. T. U 
 
264 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 No. 114, a great temperance lecturer and cartoonist, 
 is here presented. You will notice Neptune, Uranus, 
 and Mars running a. close conjunction in his 12th and 
 1st, hence his temperance work. His 1st Sign gives 
 him a powerful intellect, his 12th an aggressive spirit, 
 and llth a large heart. 
 
 No. 115 is one of the most successful reformers of 
 the age. Mercury passes Venus in the 3rd Sign and 
 this marks writing and traveling as a strong point ; 
 Mercury also favors public speaking. Mars and the 
 Sun form a conjunction in her llth Sign giving her 
 an aggressive military spirit ; this is one of the main 
 spokes in the wheel of reform. Neptune in this large 
 
 A TEMPERANCE REFORMER 
 
PHILANTHROPISTS 
 
 265 
 
 conjunction leads her to make a special fight against 
 the liquor habit, and her llth Sign connects her with 
 the work of education (She was a teacher in early 
 life). She also succeeded in introducing temperance 
 instruction into the schools in every state but three 
 of the Union. She gave her life to the task for which 
 she was so well fitted, and accomplished a prodigious 
 amount of work. Now dead, she is recognized as the 
 greatest and most successful leader in all refoims ad- 
 vocated by the Woman's Christian Temperance 
 Union in America. 
 
 Following No. 115 is another leader in the fight for 
 temperance.v A striking similarity exists between 
 
 AM IT 
 
 FOUNDER OF THE "HULL HOUSE." 
 
 18 
 
266 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 the horoscopes of the two. They were both edu- 
 cators in their earlier days. This lady however was 
 married and brought up a family of children, so that 
 her public life was necessarily hampered, in fact her 
 public career was not commenced until the cradle 
 rocking- was all over. Her llth Sign is stronger and 
 her 3rd weaker than in No. 115. She did very little 
 writing except in preparation for public speaking. 
 You will notice Neptune in conjunction with Uranus, 
 Mars, and the Sun much the same as in No. 115. 
 Neptune, Mars, and Uranus govern liquor. An over- 
 dose of liquor leads to fighting or falling or both. 
 
 In No. 117 we have the pleasure of presenting a 
 chart from the life of a lady well known throughout 
 the United States as a writer, lecturer, and social 
 worker. She opened her famous charitable institu- 
 tion know as "The Hull House" in Chicago in 1899. 
 Four good planets situated between the llth and 12th 
 Signs call for many honors and distinctions. She 
 has already received an honorary degree from Yale, 
 and has had the pleasure of being the first woman in 
 the United States to second a nomination for Presi- 
 dent. She should be extremely successful in dealing 
 with children. Her 1st Sign is bad and Neptune 
 and the Moon are in the conjunction in 1913. The 
 recent floods in the Eastern States are here indicated. 
 Uranus situated between the 3rd and 4th leads her to 
 write upon labor troubles, and to establish a Home in 
 the interests of labor. The 4th is the building Sign. 
 
 No. 118 is another reformer who was especially in- 
 terested in the welfare of the Indians. She also pub- 
 lished works upon animals and children. You will 
 notice that all her planets are in the llth and 12th 
 excepting Mars, and Mars was near the 12th at the 
 time of her birth. This planet has passed through 
 her 1st Sign leading to her marriage with a military 
 
PHILANTHROPISTS 
 
 267 
 
 man and his subsequent death. Uranus in the llth 
 indicates foreigners and being in a heavy conjunction 
 leads to an unswerving devotion to the cause of the 
 Indians. She must have been deeply attached to ani- 
 mals, and children should have had a powerful attrac- 
 tion for her. Occasionally w r e find persons who have 
 a strong llth and yet never had children of their 
 own. These persons are either associated with the 
 children of others, or run a strong public career. 
 
 CHAMPION OF THE INDIANS 
 
268 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 CHAPTER XXI. 
 War. 
 
 Could the world exist without the organized battle 
 field? If all the people on it were angels it could. 
 As it stands we hardly believe it possible. Organized 
 warfare is horrible, but not to be compared with a 
 one-sided war which takes the form of wholesale 
 slaughter, torture, and desecration of womanhood, 
 such as has taken place on more than one continent 
 during the past ten years. If peace bonds and neu- 
 trality treaties are to tie the nations up hand and foot 
 so that they cannot interfere under any circumstances 
 God help us. Let us be very careful lest in our eag- 
 erness to crush the battle field out of existence we 
 merely pave the way for unrestricted butchery. If 
 monopolies in business are dangerous, monopolies in 
 political power are also dangerous. Cases may arise 
 where no disinterested party or parties can be found 
 to arbitrate. It may be a case of one country against 
 all foreigners, we have in mind a possible case of this 
 kind. Within the last few years, many massacres 
 have taken place; 10,000 slain at one time, and women 
 and children tortured, is not an uncommon occurence. 
 Only a few days since, we read of a band of men kill- 
 ing their women and children rather than run the 
 risk of having ttiem fall into the hands of the enemy. 
 
 God watches every battle that is fought. You 
 know his people of old lifted up their eyes and saw 
 the mountains full of horses of fire and chariots of 
 fire. At another time he caused the Sun and the 
 Moon to stand still for a whole day above the valley 
 of Ajalon until a great victory was won. It is not 
 probable that the Sun and the Moon actually stood 
 still. If it were a case of light they would not require 
 both Sun and Moon to stand still, and to be astro- 
 
WAR 269 
 
 nomically correct, it would be the Earth that stood 
 still. We think that the astrological conditions were 
 not permitted to change until a great victory was 
 won. 
 
 Freedom of conscience, freedom to live as God 
 would have us to live is the great battle cry. This 
 is what our fathers _bled and died to secure for us. 
 
 Again we say, beware lest the very peace measures 
 which on the face look so inviting may pave the way 
 toward the absolute loss of political and governmen- 
 tal freedom forever. 
 
 We will now proceed to give you the charts of 
 some of our great naval and military heroes. \Ve 
 should like to be able to explain exactly the influences 
 that led to victory and defeat in each case, but this 
 would necessitate having the charts of their opponents 
 as well as the charts of the rulers of the different 
 countries. We can only call attention to a few points 
 making for success or failure. 
 
 No. 119 is an Admiral of the American Xavy, 
 whose signal success in destroying or capturing every 
 vessel in the Spanish fleet at Manila is perhaps with- 
 out parallel in the history of the world. 
 
 Glancing at his 2nd and 3rd Signs, where the Moon 
 is seen at the time of the Manila engagement, we find 
 the Sun, which stands for distinction, Mars for war, 
 Neptune for water, Uranus for foreigners, and Venus 
 and Jupiter insuring a victory. A conjunction of Ju- 
 piter and the Moon occurs both in the Nativity and 
 the Transits. 
 
 This conjunction would read: distinguished by vic- 
 torious naval battle with foreigners. 
 
 No. 119 has traveled perhaps more than any man 
 alive, and is an omnivorous reader. His letters indi- 
 cate special talent for writing. All these belong to 
 the 3rd Sign, which runs a conjunction w r ith a strong 
 2nd. He is also a splendid disciplinarian. When the 
 
270 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 Moon came around to his 12th Sign it was whispered 
 around that the Maine was blown up by an internal 
 explosion and that the war was not justifiable. The 
 12th Sign always brings false accusations, abuse, and 
 all the unpleasantness connected with enemies. Peo- 
 ple seem to think of things when the Moon is in the 
 12th Sign that under ordinary circumstances would 
 never strike them. However, as time wore on and 
 the Moon came back into the 2nd and 3rd Signs, the 
 former scene of the battle, the ship was raised and it 
 w r as decided that she was blown up by some missive 
 from without. No. 119 has been very fortunate in 
 only being called into an active engagement once and 
 
 AN AMERICAN ADMIRAL 
 
WAR 
 
 271 
 
 in meeting" with such phenomenal success. It is 
 hardly possible that any man could remain in active 
 duty all his life and meet with success. He would be 
 certain to drop into a bad place in his horoscope at 
 some time. 
 
 No. 120 is another great war hero, who met his 
 death in Africa. His father, grandfather, and great- 
 grandfather were military men ; also his elder brother. 
 At sixteen years he was sent to the military academy. 
 He was full of life and mischief and rather destructive 
 in his nature. It is said that as a boy window smash- 
 ing was his peculiar delight. Mars in conjunction 
 with the Sun gives this tendency ; the Sun which 
 
 A BRITISH GENERAL 
 
272 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 governs light also governs glass, and Mars imparts 
 the destructive element in human nature. The En- 
 glish suffragists have given vent to their military in- 
 stincts in the same manner. No. 120 combined the 
 qualities of warrior, reformer, and diplomat. From 
 the time he entered a country until he left his one 
 great aim was the uplifting of poor, down-trodden 
 humanity. His blows were aimed at the oppressor 
 and his kindness to the suffering won for him the 
 highest esteem in every country he visited. Give the 
 poor women in England an opportunity and they 
 would doubtless exhibit a similar spirit ; one thing- 
 certain, their courage and determination would put 
 a lot of weak-kneed politicians to shame. No. 120 
 coveted neither money nor honor. When he returned 
 to England he refused to appear at a public reception 
 given in his honor, and he never could be drawn into 
 publicity ; he also refused the offer of a friend to 
 make him a beneficiary in his will. The Khedive of 
 Egypt fixed his salary at 10,000 and he only ac- 
 cepted 2,000; his explanation being that the poor, 
 miserable Egyptians were ground down to produce 
 the money. We find a striking similarity between 
 the horoscopes of No. 119 and No. 120. The Sun is 
 in the 2nd Sign for the former and in the 1st Sign for 
 the latter, but the same planets appear in conjunc- 
 tion the Sun, Mars, Neptune, Uranus, and Venus. 
 Saturn however comes in with the Moon and Jupiter 
 in No. 120 while in No. 119 Saturn is in the llth Sign. 
 The Moon in ecliptic conjunction with Saturn in the 
 Nativity and with Uranus in the Transits caused the 
 death of No. 120. The Moon then passed on to Jupi- 
 ter and the victory was won after his death. The 
 sad and untimely fate of this hero cast a gloom over 
 the whole world. 
 
 No. 121 is best known by his connection with the 
 Boer War in South Africa. He carries a strong 12th 
 
WAR 
 
 273 
 
 Sign and there has been much said pro and con. re- 
 garding the merits of the Boer \\jir, some claiming 
 that it was not justifiable. He was sent to Africa in 
 a bad part of his horoscope, and consequently it was 
 hard up-hill work. There was no grand splurge, and 
 it was all over. The Moon at the opening of the war 
 entered his 3rd Sign with Mars ; and Uranus and Sat- 
 urn stood opposite in the Transits. Jupiter in the 
 Transits prevented final defeat. Fortunately Saturn 
 did not appear here in the Nativity. The 
 Moon passed on, and when it came into conjunction 
 with the planets in the llth Sign he conquered his 
 opponent and look him home to England to present 
 
 IX SOUTH AFRICA 
 
274 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 him to the Queen. He was wounded in the Indian 
 Mutiny at the age of nineteen years. At that time the 
 Moon was in his 12th Sign with Jupiter and Saturn, 
 Venus and Mercury being elsewhere. He also fought 
 at Lucknow, Cawnpore, and in Abyssinia. About 
 this time the Moon \vas in his 3rd in conjunction with 
 Mars, Venus, and Mercury. A conjunction of Venus 
 and Mercury in the 1 2th calls for distinction through 
 the 12th Sign. Three planets in the llth, and four in 
 the 12th call for a strong public career in connection 
 w-ith the 12th Sign. 
 
 No. 122 is a Japanese Admiral of note. You will 
 observe in his horoscope the Sun, Mars, Neptune, and 
 
 A JAPANESE ADMIRAL 
 
AVAR 275 
 
 Uranus, all changing Signs. This we regard as equal 
 to a conjunction of the four. Possibly they work 
 even more strongly in this position. These bring him 
 distinction in the Navy. The chart given shows the 
 opening of the Russo-Japanese war. His Moon is in 
 the 2nd Sign with Jupiter, Venus, and Uranus, the 
 latter indicating foreigners and Jupiter and Venus 
 giving victory. Saturn and the Sun appearing in a 
 double conjunction in the llth Sign indicates death 
 to friends. This indication is unusually strong. In 
 1913 his Moon is entering the 1st Sign and Mercury 
 is in conjunction with the Sun. 
 
 One character in history stands out beyond all oth- 
 ers as an illustration of the power of supernatural in- 
 fluence in time of war. We refer to Joan of Arc. A 
 maiden seventeen years of age, who previously could 
 neither write her own name nor ride a horse, accomp- 
 lishes in one short week what the most distinguished 
 military men had failed to accomplish in seventy 
 years. She had also the additional task of overcom- 
 ing the prejudice of the officers who were jealous 
 of her success. To all outward appearance one would 
 have said that she was the last person for such a po- 
 sition, and in her waking moments she felt so her- 
 self; but she heard voices, telling her to ask the king 
 for the command of the army, and she would be vic- 
 torious. The time was even indicated when she 
 should go, and the sword that she should carry ; it 
 was an old sword and may have belonged to someone 
 who had been victorious in the past. Joan of Arc 
 may have had the strongest horoscope in France for 
 military achievements; it is also probable that the 
 king's horoscope called for delivery through a wo- 
 man. Mars and the Sun had evidently occupied a 
 very strong position in her chart. When she first re- 
 ceived a message from the unseen it was accompanied 
 by a very bright light ; the Sun controls H^ht arid 
 
276 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 Mars fire. Later she was ill with a fever, which also 
 comes under Mars; a slow r fever being- a Mars and 
 Saturn combination. At the last she was burned at 
 the stake and Mars controls fire; Mars and the Sun 
 indicate a notable fire. She is usually described as 
 wearing red, and red is governed by Mars. While 
 on the battle field she wore white armor, rode on a 
 white horse, and carried a white banner of beautiful 
 design. W r e are not told what colors adorned the 
 banner. White, emblem of peace, victory, and pros- 
 perity, symbolized her triumph. No one should wear 
 red unless Mars appears in a good conjunction in 
 their horoscope, in fact all evidence goes to show that 
 colors should be sparingly used. They may not bring 
 luck good or bad, but they indicate the working of 
 fate. Saturn it is supposed governs yellow, and Ur- 
 anus blue. Many instances might be given of the in- 
 dications of Mars through the color red, but one will 
 suffice. A lady who was employed as a lion tamer 
 was presented with a beautiful bunch of red roses, 
 and she pinned them on her dress and entered the 
 cage. As she entered the lions advanced toward her 
 with a savage growl ; in a moment's time she seized 
 the flowers and threw them from the cage ; only this 
 she believes saved her life. The abandonment of the 
 red coat in the army should be another move in the 
 right direction for various reasons. 
 
 Joan of Arc seems like many other celebrated per- 
 sons to have had her good planets in one section of 
 her chart and her evil planets .in another section. It 
 is said that after the crowning of the king the voices 
 which urged her on were heard no more, and a dread 
 foreboding took their place. She enjoyed the highest 
 honors and afterward suffered the basest cruelty. The 
 saddest pages in history record her latter end. She 
 was given over to her enemies and burned at the 
 stake. In the first paroxysm of suffering she called 
 
\YAR 277 
 
 for water, then she exclaimed,. "It is God who in- 
 spired me" after which the word "Jesus" rose from 
 the midst of the flames. 
 
 We cannot separate religion from planetary influ- 
 ence ; just how the influence comes may be matter for 
 conjecture, but religion throws light upon science 
 and science throws light upon religion, despite the 
 fact that some would have us believe that man is a 
 Higher form of ape. That theory has exploded since 
 it has been discovered that animal life but not human 
 life may be artificially produced. This goes to prove 
 that man has a soul and never evoluted from an apt 
 or any other animal. Joan of Arc, who communi- 
 cated with unseen pcr.vers in a remarkable manner, 
 regarded her promptings as coming from the spirit 
 world and as being directed by God. These prompt- 
 ings differ in degree rather than in kind from the or- 
 dinary impressions made upon ordinary men and 
 women. The Bible teaches that good and bad spirits 
 surround us, each struggling for the mastery. Pos- 
 sibly the planets are inhabited by spirits, who have 
 natures corresponding with the indications of each 
 planet. Ths is one of many mysteries which remain 
 to be solved. 
 
278 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 CHAPTER XXII. 
 
 Sports. 
 
 Under this head is introduced a set of men who en- 
 tertain the world after their own peculiar fashion. 
 Some folks would consider them to be great benefac- 
 tors of the race, and others call them fools, so you 
 may think as you like, but one point strikes us very 
 forcibly in glancing at a few birthdates. If they only 
 knew when to close their career and retire to private 
 life, they might be a lot better off. Take No. 123, hea- 
 vy-weight champion, for example. His Moon has been 
 in conjunction with Jupiter and the Sun for the past 
 five years ; no evil influences entering into the con- 
 
 CHAMPION HEAVY-WEIGHT 
 
SPORTS 
 
 279 
 
 junction, but the Moon is passing into his 1st Sign 
 with Mars and Uranus, and he is liable to get his 
 face badly smashed within the next few years. April 
 19, 1913 brought victory to him. You will notice 
 that Johnson, the Negro champion, has scarcely had 
 an hour of good luck since the day he whipped Jef- 
 fries. Lawsuits, imprisonment, money losses, illness, 
 and marriage complications have followed one anoth- 
 er in quick succession, giving him a heavy dose. We 
 have not secured his birthdate, but doubtless his good 
 planets appear in one section of his horoscope and his 
 evil planets appear in another. 
 
 No. 124, winner July 4th, 1913 is a lightweight 
 champion whose Moon has been running a conjunc- 
 
 CHAMPION LIGHT-WEIGHT 
 
280 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 tion with good planets. It is now in his 1st with Ji; 
 piter and the Sun. Several years later it will be in 
 the 3rd with Uranus and Saturn on one side and Mars 
 on the other, then let him beware. 
 
 No. 125 won the running high jump for America in 
 the Swedish Olympics. Besides his running broad 
 jump, 11 ft. 6 in., in the pole vault, he put the 16tb 
 shot 42 ft. 6 in. The Moon is now in his llth Sign 
 with 3 good planets and none bad ; the Transits also 
 run very strong at this point. The 9th, 10th, llth 
 and 12th Signs, govern the use of the limbs, and these 
 Signs contain all his good planets. The 1st and 2nd 
 contain evil planets. He also will have his ups and 
 downs in the world. 
 
 A FAMOUS ATHLETE 
 
TWELFTH SIGN 
 
 281 
 
 CHAPTER XXIII. 
 Business under the 12th Sign. 
 
 Xo. 126 is the Chart of a successful grocer. Food 
 comes under the 12th Sign and 4 good planets govern 
 the 12th. Mercury passes Venus in the llth near the 
 12th. This horoscope not only draws gain through 
 the 12th, but it draws strongly upon friends, and these 
 greatly assist in any business dependent upon the 
 patronage of the public. The 1st Sign is correspond- 
 ingly bad. He seems to have been fortunate in mar- 
 riage but died at middle age from disease of the brain. 
 Evil influences in the 1st took the form of ill health in 
 
 A SUCCESSFUL GROCER 
 
 -19 
 
282 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 place of marriage complications. We have noted the 
 same in the charts of others. 
 
 No. 127 is a similar horoscope, birth date in the 
 same year and month one being born on the 14th 
 and the other on the 15th of September. You will 
 notice a very striking resemblance between the charts. 
 The former however made money through food- 
 stuffs and the latter through horses. The former was 
 happily married but died from an affection of the 
 brain at middle age; the latter did not suffer from 
 ill-health, but secured a divorce about the same age, 
 being separated several times previously. We did not 
 notice the similarity between the horoscopes until 
 
 LARGE EXPRESS BUSINESS 
 
TWELFTH SIGN 
 
 283 
 
 we commenced to write them up so that they are not 
 taken at the same date. 
 
 Chart No. 128 is that of a man who spent nearly 
 10 years in Alaska importing horses and dogs and 
 driving a stage. After clearing $10,000 he invested 
 in a mine and lost all. His good planets are situated 
 in the llth, 12th and 1st. Saturn governs money 
 and Mars and Uranus govern land. lie returned 
 from Alaska and bought a piece of land which he 
 again lost through a lawsuit in connection with it. 
 Not yet discouraged he went to the North West and 
 took up a large homestead. We have not heard the 
 result. The Moon is in his 4th at the present time, 
 
 HORSES AND MINING 
 
284 
 
 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 probably when it passes into the llth and 12th he will 
 make good on animals again. He was wont to enter- 
 tain his friends by the hour with interesting stories 
 of the pet animals he had owned. He simply gloried 
 in animals. 
 
 Chart No. 129 is that of an expert fruit packer. This 
 lady has all her planets around the 12th and 3rd Signs 
 governing fruit and the hands. Uranus and Jupiter 
 are situated in the llth close to the 12th and Neptune 
 is in the 1st close to the 12th, so that the Moon in 
 the 12th forms a conjunction with all those planets 
 4 planets stand between the 2nd and 3rd Sign drawing 
 money by handiwork. Two good and two bad planets 
 
 EXPERT FRUIT PACKER 
 
TWELFTH SIGN 285 
 
 appear there so we presume she spends her money as 
 fast as she earns it. To those who are not familiar 
 with the work done by the fruit packer we would say 
 that it is usually done by the piece, so much per box. 
 In every case the fruit must be selected and laid in 
 even rows. In the case of dried fruits it must be 
 shaped as well. 
 
 In packing dried fruits this lady would require to 
 select shape and lay in straight rows from 100 to 150 
 pieces of fruit in 7 minutes, otherwise she could not 
 make wages. As you may imagine this requires ex- 
 pert work. There are very few who are qualified for 
 it ; only about 1 in 50 who try it can ever make it pay. 
 At a table of 10 women and girls where expert hand 
 work was required 9 out of 10 had the Sun in the 3rd 
 Sign, that is the Sign governing the hands. Those 
 who had the Sun between the 2nd and 3rd were draw- 
 ing fairly good wages and those who had the Sun 
 between the 3rd and 4th were merely pulling out an 
 existence. The 10th girl had the Sun in the 12th Sign 
 governing fruit. We have not found the same uni- 
 formity in qualifications for any other business ; pre- 
 sumably it is the result of the piece work system ; 
 those who cannot become experts are weeded out. 
 We must not imagine that all the genius is found in 
 high places, far from it. Even the girls in sweat 
 shops are doing a work that few are qualified to do. 
 We believe in addition to a suitable horoscope they 
 must inherit an aptitude for their particular line of 
 work. If their parents or grand-parents have worked 
 in it before them it will come much easier to them. 
 
 There is another point brought out by these horo- 
 scopes. Have you not thought how strange it is 
 that a man who has repeatedly lost his all in land 
 should continue to invest in land and even to take 
 building contracts as was the case in Chart 128. This 
 man was told where his bad and good luck lay and 
 
286 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 this was abundantly corroborated by his experience 
 and yet he persisted in following along the same line. 
 Probably when the Moon passed to his llth and 12th 
 he would change his course but while the Moon call- 
 ed for bad luck in land and building he was determin- 
 ed to help it along. Another case is recalled where 
 a man owned a livery stable. The stable was burned 
 in the night twice within a year, the owner each time 
 losing a number of valuable horses. His friends 
 begged him to give it up, but he is still running a 
 livery stable. These are merely casual illustrations 
 of a great truth. The mind is powerfully influenced 
 by unseen forces and men follow a certain course, 
 not because it appeals to reason but simply because 
 they feel that way. We once made a remark similar 
 to this in the presence of a friend and he replied. 
 "Oh, bosh ! No unseen force controls me, I do a thing 
 because I want to do it." Our reply was. "Did you 
 ever stop to think what makes you want to do it?" 
 Men of this stamp are the very ones who are most 
 strongly ruled by unseen forces. A man who weighs 
 his feelings in the light of reason and common sense, 
 and acts only as reason and common sense dictate 
 (if there be such a man) can not be as strongly ruled 
 as a man who simply follows a certain course be- 
 cause he feels that way. In closing we are just re- 
 minded of a common custom connected with the 12th 
 Sign that of throwing rice and old shoes after a 
 newly married couple. Cast off shoes signify cast- 
 ing off the 12th Sign, and entering upon the 1st. Rice 
 thrown upon the ground also symbolizes casting off 
 the 12th Sign. 
 
NUMBERS 287 
 
 CHAPTER XXIV 
 Numbers. 
 
 A few hints will now be given with regard to the 
 reading of numbers. These may open the way to 
 a deeper and more practical study of the subject. 
 There are no numbers which we regard as bad. They 
 may be bad or good according to the horoscope. To 
 a person with good 1st and 7th Signs, one and seven 
 should be fortunate numbers. With a good 4th and 
 10th, forty should be lucky ; while with a bad 4th 
 and 10th forty would be unlucky. One and seven 
 pertain to the 1st and 7th Signs, and should be con- 
 nected with education, marriage, dress, etc. Seven 
 hats were seen hanging in a row in the room of a 
 man who carried a strong 1st and 7th, and we also 
 recollect meeting a lady with the Moon in a strong 
 7th Sign, who had been laying in a supply of clothing, 
 and on counting up we found she had seven hats and 
 seven of every article of clothing right through. 
 We even counted seven pairs of shoes and seven pairs 
 of gloves ; she wasn't getting married either, she was 
 studying. All this came by chance, as we would call 
 it ; she had not planned on any number nor made any 
 count until she had as she said completed her pur- 
 chases. 
 
 In connection with education a child's first year is 
 the time of its greatest enlightenment ; it learns to 
 think, observe, and talk. Its seventh year is usually 
 its first in school and its fourteenth the last year of 
 compulsory education ; then if the child takes a high 
 school and college course another seven years will 
 be added. This in a general way outlines the system. 
 In religion the seventh day of the week was hallowed 
 as the day of rest and dedicated to God. The seventh 
 year was also consecrated and seven times seven or 
 
288 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 forty-nine years was the time of jubilee. Jacob 
 served Laban seven years for each of his daughters 
 and six years for his cattle. Marriage comes under 
 the 7th Sign and cattle under the 6th. In Revelation 
 seven churches are mentioned, also seven candle- 
 sticks, seven spirits, seven stars, seven lamps, seven 
 seals, seven angels, seven vials, and seven plagues. 
 "Silver purified seven times ;" "Render unto your 
 neighbor sevenfold ;" "In seven troubles no evil shall 
 touch thee ;" "Until seventy times seven shalt thou 
 forgive him" are other quotations. Thus it appears 
 that seven in the Bible is often used for an indefinite 
 number. Seven and one are the numbers that natur- 
 ally connect themselves with religious teaching. One 
 is emblematic of unity, a strong plank in the Christ- 
 ian faith. Much might be said regarding one as used 
 in the Bible. 
 
 Two is a money number. Every piece of money 
 has two sides. You handle it with two hands, pick it 
 up with two fingers, amj look at it with two eyes. 
 All money is earned by the use of two eyes, two ears, 
 two hands, and two feet. In every transaction there 
 are two principals, a giver and a receiver. Two or 
 three cent stamps are used on most letters. Two 
 stands for money and three for letters. 
 
 Three and nine indicate writing and traveling and in 
 a general way changes of all kinds. It has frequently 
 been noticed that an event taking place twice is very 
 liable to take place the third time ; three days, three 
 months, and three years have also been observed to 
 mark a time of change, and more especially perhaps 
 nine days, nine months, and nine years. A few mo- 
 ments ago we picked up a pamphlet on hygiene where 
 the remark was made that malaria microbes attained 
 their full strength in three days, when they died, giv- 
 ing birth to a fresh lot. In this way the patient was 
 likely to be convulsed with chills and fever on every 
 
NUMBERS 289 
 
 third day. Speaking of food, the writer remarked 
 that a taste for certain foods had to be cultivated, 
 and that a person should partake of a new food three 
 times before deciding whether he liked it or not. The 
 third time has been called the "trying time" and the 
 "charm", and it might also properly be called the hoo- 
 doo. Everything depends upon the influences. 
 
 A person with a strong 3rd Sign has a restless na- 
 ture and is very fond of changes. It has often been 
 observed that fits of despondency last for three days, 
 three months, or three years, and it has been stated 
 elsewhere that bad love affairs frequently exhaust 
 themselves in three years time. A body in the water 
 is known to rise to the surface on the ninth day. As 
 a rule, three or four days are required to find the 
 body, hold an inquest, and convey it to the friends of 
 the deceased so that if it rises to the surface on the 
 ninth day it would be conveyed to the friends or bur- 
 ied on the thirteenth day and at this time the Moon 
 is opposite the place where it was when the person 
 disappeared or met with an accident. The thirteenth 
 day and thirteenth year are always eventful periods. 
 The Moon in the Nativity comes to the opposite 
 point in the horoscope in thirteen years and in the 
 Transits in thirteen days. This fact attaches a pe 
 culiar significance to the number thirteen. Always 
 watch for changes about the thirteenth day and thir- 
 teenth year, when the Moon comes back to the same 
 place in the chart. Two young ladies were missing 
 in the same city. One suicided by drowning, and the 
 other was kidnapped. New r s regarding them was re- 
 ceived on the ninth day and they were restored to 
 their friends one dead and the other alive on the thir- 
 teenth day. 
 
 Peculiarities in the horoscopes of the parties inter- 
 ested may add special features to some of these cases, 
 but this is a common time to receive information re- 
 
290 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 garding the missing. The number three surrounds 
 the crucifixion of Christ. On the preceding night, he 
 came three times and found his disciples fast asleep. 
 The third time he said, "Sleep on now the hour is 
 come." Peter denied his master thrice. Two others 
 were crucified with him, making three in all. There 
 was darkness over the earth for three hours, and at 
 the ninth hour he passed away. He rose again on 
 the third day, and three women came to visit the 
 sepulchre. 
 
 The number four governs everything that pertains 
 to the 4th Sign. Nearly every lot of land is bounded 
 by four lines; every house has four sides, and every 
 room the same. Nearly every door and window and 
 window pane is built on the square. Curtains, rugs, 
 beds, covers, pillows, pictures, etc. are bounded by 
 four sides. The number four is stamped on every- 
 thing about a house, and land has almost invariably 
 four lines bounding it. The earth has four points of 
 the compass, North, South, East, and West, and all 
 calculations regarding it are made from these points. 
 Even the figure itself is built on the square. 
 
 There are also peculiarities connected with five and 
 eleven governing children and friends. These Signs 
 relate to marriage as well as the 1st Sign. The num- 
 ber eleven gives us two ones. Five has also been 
 found to connect itself with children. The Superin- 
 tendent of Schools in one of our cities was called up 
 and his phone number was 55, five standing for chil- 
 dren and ten for parents ; such a number would draw 
 custom. The Superintendent should also have good 
 5th and llth Signs or it might draw annoyance. 
 
 We have taken the numbers of three houses where 
 infants were left on the doorstep. At 5334 two in- 
 fants were left on different occasions. Five stands 
 for children, three for traveling or a gift received 
 through a messenger, four for parents and a home. 
 
X I'M HERS 291 
 
 Two threes indicate two gifts, and the sum is fifteen, 
 where another five appears. The second number is 
 584; children, money, home. The third number is 
 1310, where the sum is 5. Three and five appear here, 
 also one. The 3rd child has an educational prospect 
 and the 2nd a money prospect. 
 
 The study of numbers as they appear in the Bible 
 will be found very interesting. Birds and fish are 
 more frequently mentioned under the number five 
 than any other number : five sparrows sold for two 
 farthings. Five is also connected with marriage. 
 Five virgins were wise and five were foolish when 
 they went to meet the bridegroom. Thou hast had 
 five husbands. Joseph in his dream sees the Sun, 
 Moon, and eleven stars doing obeisance. To Benja- 
 min he gave five changes of raiment, restored eleven 
 hundred shekels to his mother. These are all refer- 
 ences to children. 
 
 Six and twelve rule that which falls under the 6th 
 and 12th Signs; dishes of all kinds, silver and table 
 linen are sold by dozens or half dozens. Eggs, fruit 
 cakes, tins, and packages of every description are 
 sold the same. Twelve not only stands for the 12th 
 Si^'n but indicates completion and is frequently used 
 in holy writ. The twelve tribes of Israel, twelve dis- 
 ciples, and we believe twelve commandments are 
 notable examples. It is found connected with the 6th 
 and 12th Signs as well, for example, six cakes, six 
 wagons, twelve yoke of oxen, six lambs without 
 blemish, six cities of refuge, six measures of bar'ey, 
 six choice sheep, six things doth the Lord hate, six 
 years he shall serve and on the seventh go free. Ene- 
 mies and service come under the 6th and 12th Signs. 
 The twelfth disciple betrayed Christ and hanged him- 
 self. 
 
 The grouping of numbers such as has been noticed 
 in the case of the 13 baby forms an interesting study. 
 
292 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 Much depends upon the horoscope of the person as 
 to whether these numbers will be lucky or unlucky, 
 but grouping undoubtedly adds strength to the num- 
 ber. With ,the few hints given everyone should be 
 able to read combinations in numbers and the num- 
 bers covering the best part of your horoscope should 
 be the luckiest numbers for you. If your 1st and 
 7th is good then one and seven should be fortunate 
 numbers, and so on. This is one of the points for 
 you to watch. As an example of reading numbers 
 take the house number 4423, whose sum is 13 ; this 
 brought unexpected changes. Two ladies living here 
 were called to take a long journey to attend the death- 
 bed of a parent. Neither ever returned to live under 
 the same roof. A change of house number frequent- 
 ly indicates a change in the working of fate. Those 
 who change house numbers frequently should have a 
 very eventful life. 
 
 A peculiar case connected with a literary club in 
 Philadelphia is reported. The election of the hun- 
 dredth member was followed by death four times in 
 succession. Nine stands for books and writing and 
 two nines double the strength of the number. The 
 number 100 seems to have been out of place. The 
 members were evidently weak in the 1st and 7th 
 Signs as ladies were not admitted. The 3rd and 9th 
 Signs were probably very strong and 99 would be a 
 powerful number for a club of that description. It 
 would be assuming too much, however, to say that a 
 number would kill a man. This calls to mind another 
 strong number connected with writing; the prison 
 number of Donald Lowrie, the author of "My Life 
 in Prison" which was 19093. It would almost seem 
 that he was brought to San Quentin for the special 
 purpose of writing this book. Afflictions frequently 
 drives us into paths of which we never even dreamt. 
 
DREAMS 293 
 
 CHAPTER XXV. 
 Dreams. 
 
 In this age of materialization striking traces of su- 
 pernatural influence are seldom found. Body, mind 
 and soul are so constantly absorbed in the things that 
 pertain to this life that it precludes spiritual devel- 
 opment to a great extent. God said that he could 
 talk face to face With 'Jiis servant Moses and if 
 there was a prophet among them he could reveal 
 himself by vision or dream, but to the ordinary man it 
 did not seem that he could reveal himself. 
 
 In the central and southern portion of Europe which 
 is the cradle of tragedy and of art, ("Tears and art 
 are close akin"), the strongest evidence of the pres- 
 ence of the supernatural will be observed. Joan of 
 Arc and the wonderful revelation vouchsafed to her 
 has already been considered ; other instances may be 
 cited from the biography of the beautiful Empress 
 Elizabeth whose life was enveloped in tragedy. Her 
 soul, through suffering, became as she herself express- 
 ed it, "dead to the world," and was therefore a fit 
 subject to become a medium between two worlds. 
 It is said that on one occasion she awoke in great 
 alarm, for she dreamt that her cousin had met his 
 death by drowning. A perfect picture of his dead body 
 appeared before her and so vivid was the dream that 
 it was long before her maids succeeded in calming her. 
 On the day following a messenger brought the news 
 that her cousin had died by drowning on the previous 
 evening about the time of her vision as she had retired 
 early. Elizabeth had also written a poem upon the 
 raven, the bird of ill omen that had made its appear- 
 ance in divers strange manners before tragic events 
 occurred in the family. Two days previous to her 
 death, at the hands of an assassin, she was sitting 
 
294 SOCIAL SCIENCE 
 
 on the lawn with a companion when a raven flew 
 down brushed her face with his plumes, and snatched 
 from her hand a peach that she had been eating. Evil 
 influences in the llth and 12th Signs are here indi- 
 cated eating under the 12th and birds under the llth. 
 Her experiences with children show her llth Sign 
 to have been bad. 
 
 The Bible gives some of the grandest examples 
 of dreams and their fulfillment. Joseph's dreams which 
 he related to his brethren being especially interesting. 
 His 12th Sign was evidently working very strongly ; 
 he dreamt of wheat and his brethren cast him into a 
 pit and from thence sold him into Egypt. They 
 stained his coat in the blood of a kid to make his 
 father believe he had been devoured by a wild beast. 
 Food, enemies, and animals come together. His 3rd 
 Sign also was very strong, indicating brethren and 
 traveling. Many years afterward in Egypt his 12th 
 and 3rd are again strongly in evidence, brethren and 
 food contributing to form one of the most touching 
 scenes recorded in the literature of the world. He 
 also dreamt that the Sun, Moon, and stars did obei- 
 sance to him. This is a metaphor connecting the 
 twelve tribes of Israel with the Solar System. Just 
 here w r e would say that it is altogether likely that 
 there are more planets in the Solar System than we 
 have any knowledge of. Vulcan betwixt Mercury 
 and the Sun has become a fixed fact, and there may 
 be other planets beyond Neptune. We can only deal 
 with those of which we have definite knowledge. 
 
 Marjry more prophetic dreams might be mentioned. 
 Pharaoh also dreamt, foretelling the famine in Egypt. 
 The dreams of the chief butler and chief baker differ 
 from the others inasmuch as they were fulfilled in a 
 short space of time. In many cases our dreams of the 
 present day would be prophetic but we do not keep 
 a record of them and unless something occurs to re- 
 
DREAMS 295 
 
 mind us of them within a very short time they are 
 entirely forgotten. You dream according to the po- 
 sition of the planets in your horoscope just the same 
 as you think in line with the position of the planets. 
 
 It is probable however that dreams are often exag- 
 gerated by physical conditions ; a feverish brain or a 
 disordered stomach is liable to develop a trifling in- 
 cident into a tragedy, so that it will be well not to 
 attach too great importance to dreams. In a general 
 way they may be read just the same as events in our 
 horoscopes. While the Moon is in the 1st Sign you 
 should dream according to the indications of the 1st 
 Sign ; when in the 2nd you should dream according 
 to the indications of the 2nd Sign, noting also the po- 
 sition of the Earth, and conjunctions that occur. 11 
 any point in the chart is very strong you are liable 
 to hear from it at any time, for it rules the horo- 
 scope. Detective Burns in his sketches on "Crime" 
 relates the following: He said to a prisoner, "How 
 did you chance to meet this man?" "I began to 
 dream continually," said the prisoner, "of being in a 
 locality unfamiliar to me, and soon had occasion to 
 visit a strange town. I recognized the street as seen 
 in my dreams, and when I beheld a hitching post in 
 the form of a Negro boy holding up a ring I recollected 
 that there should have been a man there; he was not 
 there and I came twice to see him and the third time 
 he was there. I walked up and said, 'You are waiting 
 for me/ ' : After some conversation each discovered 
 that he had found the man he was looking for. Had 
 it been a good deed they were planning it might have 
 been called a case of providential guidance. It was a 
 criminal proceeding, however, and the influences 
 were evil. Uranus stands for foreigners and a hitch- 
 ing post for the 12th Sign. Uranus and enemies are 
 here indicated. Such an incident gives a very vivid 
 picture of the power of dreams and unseen influ- 
 ences. 
 
RETURN 
 
 CIRCULATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 198 Main Stacks 
 
 LOAN PERIOD 1 
 HOME USE 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS. 
 
 Renewls and Recharges may be made 4 days prior to the due date. 
 
 Books may be Renewed by calling 642-3405. 
 
 DUE AS STAMPED BELOW 
 
 AUG2.4 
 
 FORM NO. DD6 
 
 UNIVERSITY 
 
 Bbx. 
 
Tb lOOlo 
 
 RSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY